en Operating manual eng General Information Spectroquant® photometers Contents 1 Photometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 1.2 Photometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Photometers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Photometric Test Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 2.2 Basic Principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1 Spectroquant ® Cell Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2 Spectroquant ® Reagent Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes for Practical Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1 Measuring Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.2 Influence of pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.3 Influence of Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.4 Time Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.5 Influence of Foreign Substances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.6 Dosing of Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.7 Shelf-life of the Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 10 10 10 11 11 12 3 Sample Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 Taking Samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preliminary Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homogenization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 13 13 14 15 15 4 Pipetting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 4 Quality Control at the Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quality Control for the User. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1 Checking the Photometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.2 Checking the Overall System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.3 Checking the Pipettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.4 Checking Thermoreactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.5 Testing for Handling Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determination of Sample Influences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definition of Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 Release 06/2014 Spectroquant® photometers 1 Photometers 1.1 Photometry When a beam of light is transmitted through a colored solution, then this beam loses its intensity, in other words a part of the light is absorbed by the solution. Depending on the substance in question, this absorption occurs at specific wavelengths. Monochromators (e. g. narrow-band interference filters, lattices) are used to select the wavelength from the total spectrum of a tungsten-halogen lamp (VIS spectrum), a deuterium lamp (UV spectrum) or, respectively, a xenon lamp. The intensity of the absorption can be characterized using the transmittance T (or, respectively, T in percent). T = I/I 0 I 0 = Initial intensity of the light I = Intensity of the transmitted light If the light is not absorbed at all by a solution, then this solution has a transmittance of 100 %; a complete absorption of the light in the solution means 0 % transmittance. The measure generally used for the absorption of light is the absorbance (A), since this correlates directly with the concentration of the absorbing substance. The following connection exists between absorbance and transmittance: A = – log T Experiments by BOUGUER (1698–1758) and LAMBERT (1728–1777) showed that the absorbance is dependent on the thickness of the absorbing layer of the cell used. The relationship between the absorbance and the concentration of the analyte in question was discovered by BEER (1825–1863). The combination of these two natural laws led to the derivation of Lambert-Beer’s law, which can be described in the form of the following equation: A= Release 06/2014 · c · d = Molar absorptivity, in l/mol x cm d = Path length of the cell, in cm c = Concentration of the analyte, in mol/l 5 2 The Photometers The photometers that belong to the Spectroquant® Analysis System differ from conventional photometers in the following important aspects: • • • The calibration functions of all test kits are electronically stored. • • • All cells formats used are automatically identified and the correct measuring range is selected automatically. and masking agents that suppress or minimize the influence of interfering ions. for example. These include.com and permanently stored in the instrument. buffers for adjusting the pH to the optimal value for the reaction. The method for the test kits (Cell Tests and reagent tests) belonging to the Spectroquant® analysis system is automatically selected via the scanning of the bar code. The color reactions are in most cases based on standardized analytical methods specifically optimized in terms of ease of use. methods cited in the literature or developed by ourselves are also used. New methods can be downloaded from the internet site www.Spectroquant® photometers 1 Photometers 1. The measurement value can be immediately read off from the display in the desired form. Details on the respective reference procedures are stated in the package insert or else in the parameter overview. the component of a sample to be analyzed is converted into a colored compound in a specific reaction. The reagents or reagent mixtures contain – in addition to the reagent selective for a parameter to be determined – a number of auxiliary substances that are essential for the course of the reaction. Instrument-supported AQA ensures that measurement results can be used as secure.service-test-kits. 6 Release 06/2014 .1 Basic Principle By means of reagents. and recognized analytical results. a low working effort. Furthermore. For technical data and instructions for use please refer to the section “Function description” or can also be found on the internet. 2 Photometric Test Kits 2. reproducible. and shorter reaction times. The method is selected automatically by means of the scanning of the bar code by the AutoSelector. e. This means that there is no need to dilute the sample. In other tests. 2. and the sample must merely be added with a pipette. In such cases.1 Spectroquant ® Cell Tests Identification mark for the correct insertion into the cell compartment of the photometer Leakproof cap Cat. Release 06/2014 7 .Spectroquant® photometers 2 Photometric Test Kits 2. No. of test kit Bar code for identification in the photometer Designation of test kit Details regarding contents Risk phrases Highly precise dosage of the reagent Special cell in optical quality Additional reagent(s) Certain cell tests. which in turn enhances the sensitivity of the detection. COD or nitrite. however for reasons of chemical compatibility it is necessary to separate the test into two or three different reagent mixtures.1.1. All cells formats used are automatically identified and the correct measuring range is selected automatically. already contain all necessary reagents in the cells. Subsequently the result is automatically shown on the display. g. The procedure generally used in classical photometry by which the sample is made up to a defined volume in a volumetric flask is dispensed with.2 Spectroquant ® Reagent Tests The principle behind the reagent tests is that the reagents necessary for the color reaction are combined in the form of liquid concentrates or solid-substance mixtures. besides the sample a metered reagent must also be added. A few drops of the reagent concentrate are added to the sample. At the lower limit of the measuring range. This measuring range (effective range) is electronically stored in the photometers for each individual test kit . 99 %). is proportional to the concentration of the respective analyte only within a specific range.it is possible to dispense with a separate measurement of the reagent blank. In photometry it is conventional practice to measure against the reagent blank value. measured as the absorbance.1 Measuring range Below the specified measuring range. the accuracy of the determination can be enhanced by performing the measurement against a separately prepared reagent blank. either a different cell or else another procedure must be used. Concentration In some cases the intensity of the color of the solution and thus the absorbance can drop again when very high concentrations of the analyte are present (see package insert). Instead of the sample volume. In such a case the sample must be diluted accordingly so that it lies ideally in the middle of the effective range (least-error measurement). g. Absorbance The intensity of the color of a solution.due to the high batch reproducibility .2.Spectroquant® photometers 2 Photometric Test Kits 2.e. This reagent blank value is prestored in the photometers belonging to the Spectroquant® analysis system. which means that . 8 Release 06/2014 . the corresponding quantity of distilled or DI water is used. The method detection limit of an analytical method is the lowest concentration of the analyte in question that can be measured quantitatively with a defined degree of probability (e. The lower limit of the measuring range either takes the form of nonlinearity of the calibration curve. as shown in the figure.2 Notes for Practicle Use 2. Here the analysis is carried out “blind”. without any analyte added. or else is given by the method detection limit. i. The upper limit of the measuring range is the point at which the linear correlation between the concentration and the absorbance ends. Temperatures exceeding 30°C generally influence the stability of the compound that is formed in the reaction.Spectroquant® photometers 2 Photometric Test Kits 2. false-low results must be reckoned with. The addition of the acid or lye results in a dilution of the test solution. a sufficient waiting time must be allowed for to permit the solution cool to room temperature. the change in the volume can be neglected. The solid curve in the figure at the right gives a schematic impression of a typical time course.2 Influence of pH Chemical reactions follow an optimal course only within a certain pH range. The optimal temperature for the color reaction is stated in the package inserts of the respective Spectroquant ® test kits. 9 .4 Time Stability The reaction time specified in the working instructions refers to the period of time from the addition of the last reagent until the actual measurement. since the resultant error is lower than 2 %. The behavior of relatively instable color reactions with time is shown by the dotted curve.2. Absorbance The temperature of the sample solution and the reagents may have an effect on the color reaction and thus on the measurement result. this time should not be exceeded. The maximum time interval is 60 minutes. phosphorus. When up to five drops are added to 10 ml of sample. The specified pH values for the sample solution and. 2. or metal.2. The addition of larger quantities should be duly considered by adjusting the sample volume accordingly.3 Influence of Temperature If the sample temperature is lower than 15 °C. testing the pH with suitable indicator strips after each drop is added. The typical temperature course is illustrated in the figure. the package inserts for the individual test kits also state the time interval in which the measurement value does not change. the determination of COD or total contents of nitrogen. Release 06/2014 Absorbance Most of the color reactions require a certain time to reach the maximum color intensity. for the measurement solution are defined in the respective package inserts and in the analysis instructions in chapter 3 of the manual. In addition. Attention! After thermic decomposition procedures. Any necessary correction is made by the dropwise addition of diluted acid (reduces the pH) or diluted lye (raises the pH). since under certain circumstances the buffering capacity of the test-kit reagents may not be sufficient. Strongly acidic (pH < 2) and strongly alkaline (pH >12) sample solutions can prevent the pH from being adjusted to an optimal range.2. even in the case of stable color reactions. 10 20 30 Temperature (°C) 40 30 Reaction time (minutes) 60 2. wherever applicable. The reagents contained in the test kits produce an adequate buffering of the sample solutions and ensure that the pH optimal for the reaction in question is obtained. 2. they may not be evaluated cumulatively. At the first use replace the black screw cap of the reagent bottle by the dose-metering cap. Suitability for use in seawater A tabular survey (see appendix 1) provides information on the suitability of the tests in connection with seawater and also on the tolerances for salt concentrations.2. m 10 Release 06/2014 . When using dropper bottles it is extremely important that the bottle be held vertically and that the drops be added slowly (approx. press the slide all the way into the dose-metering cap.5 Influence of Foreign Substances Foreign substances in the sample solution can • • raise the measurement value as a result of an amplification of the reaction lower the measurement value as a result of a prevention of the reaction. Hold the reagent bottle vertically and. the correct drop size and thus the correct amount of reagent are not achieved. Reclose the reagent bottle with the black screw cap at the end of the measurement series.6 Dosing the Reagents Small amounts of liquids are dosed by counting the number of drops from a leakproof bottle.2. The tolerance limits have been determined for the individual ions. In all other cases the substances are dosed with the microspoon. Before each dosage ensure that the slide is completely retracted. The dose-metering cap is used for solid reagents or reagent mixtures that are free-flowing. In these cases the reagent bottles are not fitted with a dropper insert. m A positive-displacement pipette should be used for larger quantities of liquid or for the exact dosage of smaller reagent quantities. In this case it is necessary to add only level microspoonfuls. If this is not observed. since the function of the reagent is impaired by the absorption of atmospheric moisture. A quantification of this effects is stated in tabular form in the respective package inserts for the most important foreign ions. at each dosage. To this end the spoon must be drawn over the brim of the reagent bottle. Solid substances are dosed either with the dose-metering cap or with microspoons that are integrated into the screw cap of the respective reagent bottle.Spectroquant® photometers 2 Photometric Test Kits 2. 1 drop per second). The most important precondition for gaining a representative sample is the identification of the suitable sampling site. Clean plastic containers with a volume of 500 or 1000 ml are suitable for collecting samples.7 Shelf-life of the Reagents The Spectroquant® test kits are in most cases stable for 3 years when stored in a cool. under vigorously shaken. only in exceptional case +2 to +5 °C max. P total Heavy metals Release 06/2014 Preservation +2 to +5 °C max. Here it must be borne in mind that the solution to be investigated can display varying concentrations in different places at different times. with the water to be investigated. 24 h or –18 °C max. 4 weeks short-term storage. Parameter COD N compounds: NH4-N. 6 h short-term storage. and then filled free of air bubbles and immediately closed tightly. In exceptional cases. NO2-N P compounds: PO4-P. with nitric acid to pH 1. preservation measures in the form of short-term refrigeration at +2 to +5 °C and chemical conservation can be taken. The containers must be protected against the effects of air and heat and then be forwarded for the further analytical steps as soon as possible. Not even the most exact method of analysis can correct any mistakes made in the taking of the sample. no preservation. with nitric acid to pH 1.2. 4 weeks 11 .Spectroquant® photometers 2 Photometric Test Kits 2. 14 days analyze immediately. In sampling. 3. A few test kits have a lower shelf-life of 18 or 24 months or must else be stored in a refrigerator. COD Cell Tests must be stored protected from light. dry place. The expiry date of the package unit is printed on the outer label. In many cases a true picture of the average composition of the sample can be obtained only once several individual samples have been collected. a distinction is made between manual and automatic methods. The objective of the sampling procedure is to gain a sample with a representative composition. this can be done manually or with an automatic sampler. max.1 Taking Samples The taking of samples is the first and most important step on the way to obtaining the correct analysis result. They should be rinsed several times. NO3-N. 3 Sample Preparation Sample preparation covers all the steps necessary before the actual analysis can be performed. The shelflife may become reduced when the reagent bottles are not reclosed tightly after use or when the test kit is stored at temperatures higher than those specified. max. no preservation. ideally roughly in the middle of the range. When dealing with sample solutions of an unknown concentration. The dilution number (see the table on page 14) is entered and the measurement value is subsequently calculated correctly and immediately displayed. An important aspect here is that once the volumetric flask has been filled up to the mark with distilled water the flask is closed and the contents are thoroughly mixed. Preliminary tests enhance the analytical reliability and make the determination of the necessary dilution ratios in the case of high concentrations easier. Only dilutions carried out with these auxiliary products are of sufficient reliability in the area of trace analysis. The dilution factor (DF) resulting from the dilution procedure is calculated as follows: Final volume (total volume) DF = Initial volume (sample volume) The analytical result is subsequently multiplied by the dilution factor.3 Dilution Dilution of samples is necessary for two reasons: • • The concentration of the parameter under investigation is too high. MQuant TM Test Strips are very well suited for preliminary tests. The following auxiliaries are absolute prerequisites for the dilution of the sample: • • • Volumetric flasks of varying sizes (e. 3. i. e. 12 Release 06/2014 . false-high or false-low results may ensue. to which photometry belongs (for the simplified procedure see page 14). it is advisable to establish whether the sample concentration is indeed within the specified measuring range. A calculation can be dispensed with when the dilution is programmed into the photometer.2 Preliminary Tests Correct measurement results can be obtained only within the measuring range specified for each individual parameter. Other substances contained in the sample interfere with the determination (matrix interference).Spectroquant® photometers 3 Sample Preparation 3. 50. it lies outside the measuring range.g. 100 and 200 ml) Positive-displacement pipette Distilled or DI water. Example Step 1: Make up 2 ml of sample to 200 ml with distilled water. since the effect of turbidity can result in considerable variations in the measurement values and in false-high readings. Following the recommendations stated in the reference methods. As a rule. in which case a sample decomposition must be carried out. and sulfate) permit a previous filtration. even when the sample solution is strongly turbid. Compounds that always occur in dissolved form (for example ammonium. “Device set-up/ Correction function”).4 Filtration Strongly turbid samples require pretreatment before they can determined in a photometer. Care must be taken here to ensure that the substance to be determined is not contained in the suspended material. Weak turbidity is eliminated by the automatic turbidity-correction feature built into the photometer (see Function description. DF = 20. Release 06/2014 13 . Desired dilution Volume of sample [ml] Volume of distilled water [ml] Dilution factor Dilution number 1:2 1:3 1:4 1:5 1:10 5 5 2 2 1 5 10 6 8 9 2 3 4 5 10 1+1 1+2 1+3 1+4 1+9 3. dilution number 1+ 99 Step 2: Take 5 ml of the above solution and make up to 100 ml. dilution number 1+19 The dilution factor for the total dilution is calculated by multiplying the individual dilutions: DF total = DF1 x DF2 = 100 x 20 = 2000. nitrate. measuring the volumes of the sample and the dilution water using a previously calibrated positive-displacement pipette (see table for instructions). membrane filters with a pore size of 0. then this must be done in two separate steps.45 µm are required for fine filtration. dilution number 1+1999 Simplified procedure Dilutions up to 1:10 can also be prepared without volumetric flasks in a glass beaker. As a measure to distinguish between dissolved and undissolved waterborne substances. In the event that yet higher dilutions become necessary all the same. chlorine. chloride. nitrite.Spectroquant® photometers 3 Sample Preparation All dilutions should be made in such a way that the measurement value lies in the middle of the measuring range. fluoride. DF = 100. in such cases it is not necessary to filter the sample before analysis. the dilution factor should never be higher than 100. orthophosphate. cyanide. the water sample can be filtered through a simple paper filter. filter is fully wetted free of air bubbles. bound more or less solidly in a complex. COD and the total content of heavy metals . This must be carried out using a high-speed blender (2 minutes at 5000 –20 000 rpm and taking the sample while stirring. Screw the syringe tightly into the front side of the membrane-filter attachment. Hold the syringe upright and slowly depress the piston upwards until the membrane. for certain parameters . or as a solid substance.the sample must be homogenized. 3. 3. g.5 Homogenization As a measure to ensure that a representative sample can be taken in the presence of suspended matter in the water sample in question.e. Filter the contents of the syringe into the intended glass vessel. Complex Solid substance 14 Release 06/2014 .Spectroquant® photometers 3 Sample Preparation Procedure for microfiltration Draw out the liquid to be filtered with the syringe.6 Decomposition Ion Water-borne substances can be present in the sample for investigation in a variety of forms: as the ion. 100 °C. respectively. The decomposition processes are carried out in the Spectroquant ® thermoreactor (capacity: 12 or 24 decomposition cells) at 120 °C or. Determination of Sample preparation with Total phosphorus* Crack Set 10 / 10C** Total chromium* [= sum of chromate and chromium(III)] Crack Set 10 / 10C Total metal [= sum of free and complex-bound metal] Crack Set 10 / 10C Total nitrogen* Crack Set 20 * The decomposition reagents are already contained in the packs of the respective cell tests. The ready-to-use sample-decomposition products Spectroquant ® Crack Set 10 and 20 are suited for the preparation of the sample materials for the determinations stated in the table.Spectroquant® photometers 3 Sample Preparation The manner in which the sample is pretreated enables the three proportions to be distinguished from each other. empty cells are required for the decomposition for Crack Sets 10 and 20. In most cases. Example Filtration Decomposition Decomposition Filtration Total content Dissolved proportion Dissolved proportion Solid Substances Cu(OH) 2 Complexes Cu-EDTA Complexes Cu-EDTA Ions Cu 2+ Ions Cu 2+ Ions Cu 2+ Result A Proportion: Ionogenic Complex Solid Substances Total content Result B Result C =C = B–C = A–B =A Decomposition converts the substance to be determined into an analyzable form. in exceptional cases (e. This can be illustrated using a copper-containing wastewater sample as an example. The type of decomposition procedure used depends on the analyte to be determined and the sample matrix. g. decomposition agents take the form of acids in combination with oxidizing agents. Release 06/2014 15 . in the determination of total nitrogen) an alkaline decomposition is more effective. Details regarding the heating times and further treatment can be found in the package inserts contained in the Spectroquant ® Crack Set packs. ** Decomposition cells are included in the pack. 000 g ±1 mg b) using Spectroquant ® PipeCheck. Pipettes of varying volumes and also ones with a fixed volume are available. It is. this is a photometric check of the pipette. Release 06/2014 . decomposition using concentrated acids and other agents is indispensible. Always exchange the pipette tip.Spectroquant® photometers 3 Sample Preparation In the event that the sample to be analyzed is a highly contaminated material (high proportion of organic substances) or water-insoluble samples. 1 ml of water at 20 °C = 1. Draw up the liquid slowly and depress piston completely to discharge the liquid. and scales are not necessary (see section “AQA”). Check the pipetted volumes a) by weighing using analytical scales (weighing accuracy ±1 mg). 4 Pipetting System Positive-displacement pipettes permit • • an exact dosage of the sample volume a precise measurement of sample and reagent volumes and of the volumes of water for dilution purposes. advisable to check the result periodically. this check as a rule need be carried out only once. • • • 16 Avoidance of spread effects by rinsing the pipette several times with the solution to be pipetted. Sources of error and hints on how to avoid them: • • Closely follow the instructions for use contained with the pipette in question. Corresponding examples from the collection of applications for real samples are available on request. however. The necessity for decomposition can be checked according to the following diagram: Decomposition Procedure Procedure Measurement Measurement Result A Result B Decomposition necessary No A and B idential? Yes No decomposition necessary For wastewater with a consistent composition. Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) The objective of analysis must always be to determine the true content of the analyte in question as accurately and precisely as possible. and Waste Materials (Deutsche Vereinigung für Wasserwirtschaft. Release 06/2014 17 . Causes for errors can include: • • • the working materials used the handling the sample under investigation.V. Analytical Quality Assurance represents a suitable and indispensible method by which the quality of the user's own work can be assessed. errors in the measurement system diagnosed. 5. and the comparability with the results obtained using the respective reference methods demonstrated..1 Quality Control at the Manufacturer Photometers and photometric test kits possess specifications that are adhered to and above all else also documented by the manufacturer. DWA) and in the corresponding self-control/self-monitoring regulations of the German federal states (available in english). Wastewater. The certificate for the photometer enclosed with each device documents the quality of the measuring device. Abwasser und Abfall e. These errors have effects on both the accuracy and precision of the results obtained. Details regarding the necessity of AQA can be found in the in Memorandum A 704 of the German Association for the Water Sector. 0 32.0 11. HC119527 Verwendbarkeit Expiry date / Fecha de caducidad Sollwert Messergebnis Target value Result / Resultado Valor nominal (Standard / Patrón) (Standard / Patrón) mg/l mg/l CSB/COD/DQO CSB/COD/DQO 4. documents the quality of the reagents contained in the test kit. Pipette Test kit Mischen Küvette wird heiß.0 0.020 A 1.0 30.0 16. the working equipment and the mode of operation.0 25.0 31. close tightly with the screw cap. expressed in ±mg/l. 40.4% 9 ± 2.2 Sollwert Target value Valor nominal 1. / Lote nro. All of checking operations can thus be supported by the photometer and the check values accordingly documented as per GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) recommendations (see Function description.09.0 15.Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) The certificate for the test kit.0 mg/l ± 0. +/. every measurement value can be affected by this deviation.0001 Messbereich Measuring Range / Intervalo de medida 4. and mix vigorously. 5.8 Standard / Standard / Patrón Potassium hydrogen phthalate 1.0 20.3 Datei / File / Fichero 1145600001_HC119527_EN 40. The smaller the standard deviation/ coefficient of variation for the procedure.0 Sollwert / Target value / Valor nominal (mg/l) Merck KGaA Qualitätskontrolle Quality control / Control de calidad Laborleiter / Head of Lab.14560. 120 min Messen 6 9 C Photometer Thermoreactor = Test for the overall system Checking the handling operations Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling.0 Messergebnis / Result / Resultado (mg/l) Confidence interval: Maximum deviation from the desired value over the entire measuring range. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. or the whole system (including reagents and all accessories) will be checked. Test for recovery Release 06/2014 . this parameter is a measure for the accuracy. Chargenzertifikat Lot Certificate / Certificado del lote Spectroquant® CSB-Küvettentest ® ® Spectroquant COD Cell Test / Spectroquant Test en cubetas DQO 1.0 36. the more pronounced the linearity of the calibration curve. Brandner 28.0 25.0 40.0 30.0 15.4 Reag.4 Photometer / Photometer / Fotómetro Referenz / Reference / Referencia 20. 35.0 19.5 % Standard deviation for the procedure: Measurement for the dispersion of the measurement values over the entire measuring range. / Art.99 Kalibrierfunktion / Calibration Function / Función de calibración DIN 38402 A51 / ISO 8466-1 Steigung / Slope / Pendiente Calibration function: The calculated function must agree. The photometer offers an optimum degree of support in this regard.0 28.4 Datum / Date / Fecha 20. / Lot no.0 mg/l CSB/COD/DQO Charge-Nr.2012 8. 30 min) mind. “Analytical Quality Assurance”). The following diagram provides an overview regarding internal qualityassurance aspects: C2/25 CSB 1500 Checking the working equipment Chemischer Sauerstoffbedarf Me§bereich 100 1500 mg/l CSB 2 ml Probelösung in ein Reaktionsküvette geben Mischen 1 2 4 7 .Tolerance / Tolerancia Ordinatenabschnitt / Ordinate segment / Intersecto en ordenadas 9 0. n = 10 Art. am Verschluss anfassen Abkühlen auf Raumtemperatur (mind. The instrument.0 5.2011 36.410 ± 0. e.02400 16. within specified tolerances.Tolerance / Tolerancia Vertrauensbereich (95% Wahrscheinlichkeit) Confidential interval (P=95%) / Intervalo de confianza (95 % de probabilidad) Verfahrensstandardabweichung Standard Deviation of the Method / Desviación estándar del procedimiento Verfahrensvariationskoeffizient Variation Coefficient of the Method / Coeficiente de variación del procedimiento 1.8 mg/l 9 ± 0. Caution.403 A 9 ± 1. / Cat. in the form of the different quality mode. available for each lot produced.3 mg/l 9 ± 1. expressed in %.0 20.Nr.40.0 5.03 Chargenwert Lot value Valor del lote 0.2 Quality Control for the User A complete check comprises the entire system.0 .1 Küvette / Cell / Cubeta 16 mm rund / round / redonda Prüfer / Tester / Verificador Fr.0 0. i.0 35.7 12.0 40. with the function electronically stored in the photometer.0 10.10.00 ± 0. Influence of the sample 18 Carefully pipette 3.0 10.0 4.9 Wellenlänge / Wavelength / Longitud de onda 340 nm 24.blindwert / Reagent blank / Valor en blanco del react +/.4 32.No. the cell becomes very hot! Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. 10 min abkühlen 3 5 8 0 14 mm im Thermoreaktor erhitzen 148 C.0 24.7 8. Nro. depending on which quality mode selected. Remove the reaction cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Jefe de laboratorio Coefficient of variation for the procedure: Measurement for the dispersion of the measurement values over the entire measuring range. am Verschluss anfassen mind. This means the hardware and the software of the photometer is checked and compared with internal standards. 525. The PhotoCheck hence offering the possibility to check the instrument. 10 min abkühlen Messen 3 5 8 0 14 mm im Thermoreaktor erhitzen 148 C. and the certificate stating the absorbance values is enclosed with the package unit.2 Checking the Overall System Test for the overall system includes checking the working equipment and checking the handling operations. which should preferably lie approximately in the middle of the measuring range of the respective test kit. as it is required by DIN/ISO 9000 or GLP. A double determination is recommended as a measure to diagnose any random errors. Standard solutions for photometric applications (CRM) are ready-touse standard solutions that in terms of the analyte concentration are finely adjusted to the individual test kits. They contain a mixture of several analytes that do not interfere with each other. 5. All of the corresponding documentation. Release 06/2014 19 . In addition to the CombiCheck and the standard solutions for photometric applications. A double determination is recommended as a measure to diagnose any random errors. The overall system can be checked using standard solutions of a known content. and the measured absorbance is compared with the desired value.Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 5. it is also possible to use CertiPUR® standard solutions for this checking procedure.2. Mischen Küvette wird heiß. For the measurement the cell is placed in the compartment for the round cell and identified by the photometer via the bar code.1 Checking the Photometer As soon as the photometer is activated it is running a Self-Check.2. The verification of the instrument. 120 min 6 9 C The photometer itself is checked in the AQA 1 mode with the Spectroquant ® PhotoCheck: the pack includes round cells containing stable test solutions (secondary standards) for checking the photometer at the 445. 30 min) 2 4 7 . The standard solution (R-1) is used in the same way as a sample. required by these certification guidelines. is done by the photometer automatically. Spectroquant ® CombiCheck are ready-to-use standard solutions that in terms of the analyte concentration are finely adjusted to the individual test kits. As soon as the photometer is activated it is running a Self-Check. These desired values with the permissible tolerances are entered into the photometer or else handwritten into the control chart. They can be diluted to different final concentrations. preferably with the Spectroquant ® CombiCheck. this corresponds with the AQA 2 mode in the photometer. This means the hardware and the software of the photometer is checked and compared with internal standards. can be easily performed by using the Spectroquant ® PhotoCheck. The absorbance is shown on the display and can be entered into the corresponding control chart. The table presented in Appendix 2 provides an over-view of the available CombiCheck and ready-to-use standard solutions. These contain 1000 mg of the respective analyte per liter of solution. The standard solution is used in the same way as a sample. The measurement of four cells for a given wavelength tests – in addition to the wavelength accuracy – also the linearity of the absorbance over the effective range. The test solutions are measured in a reference photometer monitored with primary standards. and 690 nm wavelengths. C2/25 CSB 1500 Chemischer Sauerstoffbedarf Me§bereich 100 1500 mg/l CSB 2 ml Probelösung in ein Reaktionsküvette geben Mischen 1 Abkühlen auf Raumtemperatur (mind. the individual results are flagged as AQA2. there are no CombiCheck or ready-to-use standard solutions for certain parameters. The following desired temperatures must be achieved: Block temperature 100 °C = desired temperature 100 ±3 °C Block temperature 120 °C = desired temperature 120 ±3 °C Block temperature 148 °C = desired temperature 148 ±3 °C The even distribution of the temperature over all bores can also be documented using the thermosensor. the cell is measured against a corresponding reference cell also contained in the pack. When the control lamp goes out. 20 Release 06/2014 . 5. 5. After the addition of a predefined volume of water using the pipette in question. If not.Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) Due to limited shelf-life characteristics. This allows the control of parameters where there are no simple to prepare solutions available.3 Checking the Pipettes The Spectroquant ® PipeCheck is used to check the pipettes.2.4 Checking Thermoreactors This is checked by means of the thermosensor. the temperature is measured in any one of the bores of the thermoreactor. If the tolerances are exceeded. If the test for the overall system shows that all requirements are fulfilled. the instructions given in the section “Pipetting system” must be followed accordingly.2. Appendix 3 is a compilation of standard working procedures necessary to make your own solutions of a defined concentration. The difference in the absorbance values of the measurement cell and reference cell may not exceed the tolerances given in the package insert. The pack contains cells filled with color-dye concentrates. The thermoreactor is preheated as described in the Instructions for use. an error message is given and the individual components of the instrument have to be checked in detail. Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 5. is added to the sample and the recovery rate is determined. under certain circumstances. A defined quantity of the addition solution (R-2).5 Testing for Handling Errors The user’s own mode of operation must also be subjected to an exact analysis.3 Determination of Sample Influences (matrix effects) The influence of other substances contained in the sample may. If the difference is less than 90 %. It is recommended to check for any influence by using the addition solution contained in the Spectroquant ® CombiCheck pack. Release 06/2014 21 . be so great that their recovery rates lie in the region of several percent. the recovery rate is 100 %. The following difference is then calculated: Result (sample + addition solution) – Result (sample) If the calculated difference is equal to the concentration of analyte of addition solution that was added. then a matrix interference is present. which contains a known concentration of the respective analyte.2. The following questions may serve as a guide in this regard: • • • • • • • • • • • Is the test kit optimal for the measurement assignment in question? Is the test kit’s measuring range suitable? Were the operating instructions for the test followed? Was the sample volume correct? Was the pipette handled properly? Was a new pipette tip used? Is the pH of the sample and measurement solution correct? Was the reaction time adhered to? Does the sample and reagent temperature lie within the correct range? Is the cell clean and free from scratches? Has the expiry date for the test kit been exceeded? 5. These can be kept to a minimum by ensuring good operating techniques and multiple determination with calculation of the mean values. etc. a wrong pH.4 Definition of Errors It is obvious that measurement results as a rule may be associated with errors. Precision = Dispersion of the results among each other The following diagram illustrates the aspects of accuracy and precision: Accuracy: poor Precision: poor Major errors have been made! Accuracy: good Precision: poor Calculation of the mean values from at least three – or better even more – parallel determinations yields an approximation of the true value. Systematic errors thus affect the accuracy of the method of analysis. Examples here include: a wrong sample volume. Random errors make the result of the analysis unreliable. they influence the precision. a wrong reaction time. The discovery and the minimization of errors must be the objective here. A distinction is made between systematic errors and random errors. Accuracy = Deviation of the measured concentration from the true concentration Random errors manifest themselves in the form of a wide range of deviation of the results of a given sample. a samplematrix influence.Spectroquant® photometers 5 Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 5. Systematic errors are present when all the results of an analysis deviate from the true value with the same algebraic sign. This applies equally to standardized methods of analysis (reference methods) and to routine analysis. Accuracy: poor Precision: good The high degree of precision mistakenly indicates a correct value! Accuracy: good Precision: good The ideal objective! 22 Release 06/2014 . eng Description of Function 06/2014 . to any further claim for damages. lamps etc. accumulators. Accuracy when going to press The use of advanced technology and the high quality standard of our instruments are the result of continuous development. the first chapter contains an overview and a short manual of the meter. The warranty excludes components that are replaced during maintenance. The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. The warranty claim extends to restoring the meter to readiness for use but not. figures or descriptions. Symbols used indicates notes that you must read – for your own safety. such as batteries. The second chapter contains notes for the safe operation of the photometer. return the meter and proof of purchase together with the date of purchase freight paid or prepaid. indicates notes that draw your attention to special features.General instructions General instructions Notes on this operating manual To ensure that you become rapidly acquainted with your photometer. Scope of delivery Photometer Power pack Product documentation Warranty The designated meter is covered by a warranty of 2 years from the date of purchase. Chapter 3 describes the commissioning of the photometer. We cannot guarantee that there are absolutely no errors in this manual. . We are sure you will understand that we cannot accept any legal claims resulting from the data. Improper handling or unauthorized opening of the instrument invalidates any warranty claim. however. the safety of others and to protect your meter from being damaged. The remaining chapters provide a comprehensive description of the functions and technical data of the photometer. This may result in differences between this operating manual and your meter. To ascertain the warranty liability. The meter warranty extends to manufacturing faults that are determined within the period of warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 1. 54 8. . . . . . . . 32 2. . .2 6. . .3 Qualification of the personnel . . . .1 Measuring the concentration .32 3. 37 Measuring using tests without barcode (manual method selection) . . . .3 Citation form . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . .1 7. . . . . 35 Measuring using cell tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Measuring using reagent tests . . 49 7. . . . . .4 5.2 5. 41 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Download of the methods list . .4 Technical state of the meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Display of concentration and absorption . . . . .2 Performing a difference measurement . . . . . . . . . . .1 5.3 4. . . . . .2 4. . .1 Labeling of notes . 41 Measuring using tests without barcode . . . .5 . . Documentation . . . . . . . 32 2. . . . . . . . . .31 2. Measuring the Absorbance/Transmission 5. 43 Download memory . . . . . 34 Switching on the photometer . . . 38 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 4. . . . .2. . . . . . . . .1 3.1 6. . . . . . . 32 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Selecting and calling up the menu items . . . . . . . . 32 General instructions . . . . . .1 Activating AQA . .1. . . . .3 5. . . .2. . . . . . . . . Method Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Entering the dilution . . .2 Preparing the photometer . . 34 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Resetting the number of the measured value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring the Concentration . . . . . . . . . Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) . 47 7. . . .2 Authorized use . . . . Safety . . . . .Contents 1. . . . .3. . 31 2. . . . . . . . . 39 Switching to the Absorbance/ Transmission measuring mode .3 6. . . . . .2. . . . 30 1.2. . . . . . . . . . . . 35 4. . .1 1. . . . . . . . . . . .2 Dangers of disregarding the safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Description of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Changing the citation form . . . .3 1. . . . . . . . . 39 Measuring the absorbance or transmission 39 Measuring using cell tests . . . . 34 3. . . . . . . . . 43 Activating the ID number . .2 1. . . 50 Selecting the unit . . . . . . .2 7. . . 53 8. 29 Short manual . . 49 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Identifying the connectors . . 54 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Measuring using reagent tests . . . . . . 48 7. . 3 Locking the system . . . .70 10.68 9. . .1. . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . .1 Activating AQA via the menu guide .59 8.2 15. . .89 15. Correction functions . . . . .5 26 Principle course of the remote control . . . .Contents 8. .2. .75 10. . . .3 8.84 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . .91 Command list . . . . . . . . . .4 Selecting the language . Kinetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User-defined methods . . .68 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Turbidity correction . . . . . . . .3 12. .60 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating method data . . . . . . . .65 8. . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . .88 14. .3 Erasing PhotoCheck standards . . . . .2 Measuring the blank value . . .1 15. . . . .54 12. .2 Reference absorbance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 8. . . . . . . .59 Photometer monitoring (AQA1) .3. .1 Activating the blank value measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Performing Photometer monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 13. . . . . . . .3 Erasing standards . . . . . .54 8. . . .73 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Entering PhotoCheck standards . . . .81 Entering characteristics via the PC . . . . . . . . .2 Output of standards .87 Reset . . . . .1 Blank value . .60 8. . . . . . . . . . .74 10.80 12. . . .87 System info . . . . . .2. . . . . . . .71 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 12. . . . . . . . . . . . RS 232 C interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 15. . Zero adjustment .58 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . .73 10. . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Monitoring of the total system using standard solutions . . . . . . . . . .84 Erasing user-defined methods . . . . . . . . . . . .2 12. .2 Changing AQA intervals . . . . . . . .92 Data transmission . . . . . . . .5 Performing an AQA reset . . . . . .67 15. . . . . . . . .72 10. . . . . . . . .1 Entering standards .2 13.2 Download of PhotoCheck standards . Meter Setup . . . . . . . . . . .1. . .77 11.4 Entering characteristics via the keyboard . . . . . .56 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Setting the date/time . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 8. .3 Erasing blank values .71 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . .2 8. . . . . . . . . .1. . .83 Printing characteristics . . . . . . .4 Changing the password .63 Total system monitoring with standard solutions (AQA2) . . .2. . .1. .91 Output format of measured values . .92 Pin assignment . . . .67 8. . . . .65 8. . . . . .3.4 15. . .3. . .3 13. . . . . .2.92 .86 13. . . . . . . . . . .4 Recalling blank values . . Maintenance. . . . . . . What to do if… . . disposal . . . . . . . . . . .Changing the lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Actions to take if a cell is broken . . . . . . 93 16. . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . .3 Disposal . . . . . . . 94 17.1 Maintenance . . . cleaning. . 97 27 . . . .Contents 16. . . . . .2 Cleaning . . 93 16. . . . . . . . . 95 18. . . 93 16. Contents 28 . 1 Description of the operating elements Overview a Display b Menu call/Enter key c Scroll key d Absorbance measurement key e Concentration measurement key f Notch for cell alignment g Round cell shaft h Storage space for analysis regulations (short form) i Cover with integrated on/off switch j Rectangular cell shaft k Keypad: numeric keypad. cursor function.2 Identifying the connectors a Power pack b Connection for power pack c RS 232 interface 29 . Overview 1 1.1. comma 1. erase. Align the line mark to the notch of the photometer.1.3. Overview 1. If the select method menu is displayed.. The measured value appears on the display. The message measuring. 1.. appears. open the cover. concentration or – Insert the round cell with barcode in the round cell shaft until it clicks into place. Measured values outside the specified measuring range are output in small numerals. or – Insert the AutoSelector in the round cell shaft and the rectangular cell in the rectangular cell shaft. .3 Short manual The short manual lists all of the steps necessary to determine the concentration of a sample and to activate AQA2 at a glance. align the line mark of the round cell or AutoSelector to the notch of the photometer. Measuring mode. Repeat the measurement: – Press 30 4. The photometer performs a check (Self-Check) of the entire system and then switches automatically to the concentration measuring mode.1 Measuring the concentration – To switch on the photometer. meter setup: – Press 3 or 28. – Confirm each input with 1. The required menu item is 3 or 28 called up using 1. 31 . – selected using – Selection lists: – Changes to the settings are accepted after confirmation by pressing 1 – Current settings are marked by "S". Select a menu item. Overview 1.1.4 Selecting and calling up the menu items – To switch on the photometer. Pressing – Character input: – via the numeric keypad or by using 3. – Call up the meter setup submenu by pressing 1. – Press 1. The following display appears: The meter setup menu item is preselected (z). open the cover. g. the character to be input is shown in reverse video. The following display appears: Example: The documentation menu item is preselected in the setup menu (z). e. return 1 Scroll with 3 or 28. – Change to other configuration levels by Selecting the menu item. The only exceptions to this are the activities described in chapter 16 MAINTENANCE. Non- compliance results in the loss of warranty claims. maintenance and repair work must only be performed by personnel authorized by the manufacturer. Observe the technical specifications of the cells according to chapter 17 TECHNICAL DATA. 2. 2.2. the safety of others and to protect your meter from being damaged. Observe the enclosed instructions concerning reagents and accessories.2. operation and maintenance must have the necessary qualifications for this work. 2.2. Use only original spare parts.2. CLEANING. Follow the points listed below when operating the photometer: Follow local safety and accident prevention regulations. all responsible personnel must read this operating manual before working with the meter. Consequently.4 Technical state of the meter 32 Furthermore.1 Labeling of notes indicates notes that you must read – for your own safety. Safety 2. 2.1 Authorized use The photometer was developed for use in the laboratory for water analysis.2 Dangers of disregarding the safety instructions Disregarding the safety instructions can adversely affect the safety of both the user and the environment as well as the equipment. 2. The smooth functioning and operational safety of the photometer can only be guaranteed under the climatic conditions specified in chapter 17 TECHNICAL DATA of this operating manual. Safety 2 This operating manual contains basic instructions to be followed in the commissioning.3 Qualification of the personnel The personnel responsible for the commissioning. Opening the photometer or adjustment. indicates notes that draw your attention to special features. it must be ensured that the personnel read and completely understand the present operating manual. If the personnel do not have the required skills they have to be instructed. Non-compliance with the safety instructions will result in the loss of any warranty claims. .2.2 General instructions The photometer is constructed and tested according to the EN 61010-1 safety regulations for electronic measuring instruments. Follow the operating instructions at the workplace. It left the factory in a safe and secure technical condition. Any other use is considered unauthorized. The operating manual must always be available in the vicinity of the meter. DISPOSAL. Observe the regulations when dealing with dangerous substances. operation and maintenance of the meter. Safety It is the responsibility of the operator to continuously observe the overall technical condition (externally recognizable deficits and damage as well as alterations to the operational behavior) of the meter. If you are in any doubt. the equipment must be taken out of service and secured against inadvertent operation.2. please contact the supplier of the photometer. If safe operation is no longer possible. 33 . Safe operation is no longer possible if the equipment has been damaged in transport the equipment has been stored under adverse conditions for a lengthy period of time the equipment is visibly damaged the equipment no longer operates as prescribed. flat surface and protect it against intensive light and heat. Before putting the photometer into service. open the cover. charge the battery: 3. Commissioning 3 The photometer operates at an environmental temperature of +5 °C to +40 °C. Self-check of the photometer After approx. concentration . the battery runs down. condensation can form resulting in the malfunction of the meter.1 Preparing the photometer – Place the photometer on a hard. Battery operation – Charge the battery for approx. wait until it has adapted to the new environmental conditions (see also chapter 17 TECHNICAL DATA). To do this: Plug the original power pack into the socket on the photometer Plug the power pack into the line socket and then the battery will be charged.3.2 Switching on the photometer – To switch on the photometer. 5 s: 34 Automatic change to the measuring mode. The photometer performs a check (Self-Check) of the entire system and then switches automatically to the concentration measuring mode. During battery operation or when the meter is at a standstill for longer periods of time. Line operation – Plug the original power pack into the socket on the photometer – Plug the power pack into the line socket – Switch on the photometer (open the cover). When the following symbol is displayed. This can result in your photometer no longer being ready for operation. 5 hours before the initial commissioning. During transport from cold to warm surroundings. Commissioning 3. call up the conc. Selection of the measuring mode: conc. Example 35 . / ext. + abs. Measuring the Concentration Measuring mode.1 Display of concentration and absorption – Press 1 to call up the setup menu – Call up the meter setup submenu. submenu. conc.4. Measuring the Concentration 4 – Call up the concentration measuring mode by actuating 4. concentration 4. – In the meter setup menu. 36 .2 Measuring using cell tests – Insert the round cell with barcode into the round cell shaft until it clicks into place. 2 s: The measured value appears on the display. align the line mark of the round cell or AutoSelector to the notch of the photometer. Measuring the Concentration 4. The photometer reads the barcode of the round cell and automatically selects the relevant method. Align the line mark to the notch of the photometer. After approx. If the select method menu is displayed.4. 3 Measuring using reagent tests – Insert the AutoSelector into the round cell shaft. – Insert the rectangular cell (vertically. select the relevant rectangular cell (10 mm. Observe the position mark at the cell shaft. Align the line mark to the notch of the photometer. 20 mm. Measuring the Concentration 4. to the right of the slot). 37 . 50 mm) with confirm with After approx. If the "cell type" query appears. 1. 2 s: 3 or 28. The photometer reads the barcode and automatically selects the relevant method.4. insert the corresponding AutoSelector into the round cell shaft. If the select method menu is displayed. The measurement starts automatically. The measured value appears on the display. 4 Measuring using tests without barcode (manual method selection) When measuring using cell tests without barcode or reagent tests without AutoSelector. The sequence of operations also applies to userdefined methods. – Enter the required method number via the numeric keypad – Confirm with After approx. the method must be selected manually. The last method set up manually appears on the display. 2 s: 38 1. Measuring the Concentration 4. .4. The measured value appears on the display. A measured reference absorbance is also effective in the measuring mode. the result of the measurement is displayed as % Transmission instead of A for Absorbance. Measuring mode./trm. However. % menu) by actuating 5./trm. Measuring the Absorbance/Transmission 5 5. transmission The transmission measurement is not described separately in the following example as it operates in exactly the same way as the absorbance measurement.1 Switching to the Absorbance/ Transmission measuring mode Measuring the Absorbance/Transmission – Call up the setup measuring mode by actuating 1. transmission. call up the abs. Selection of the measuring mode: absorbance transmission 5. 39 . absorbance Measuring mode. It is displayed as reference absorbance.5. % submenu. – In the setup menu.2 Measuring the absorbance or transmission – Call up the absorbance or transmission measuring mode (depending on the selection in the abs. Align the line mark to the notch of the photometer. Measuring the Absorbance/Transmission 5. The measured value for the selected wavelength appears and can be stored and output to the interface with 1.5. If necessary. – Sample display for transmission measurement 40 . The measured value for the wavelength displayed at the top right appears. call up further wavelengths: – with 3 or 28. This measured value is automatically stored.3 Measuring using cell tests – Insert the round cell with barcode into the round cell shaft until it clicks into place. The measured value for the selected wavelength appears and can be stored.5.5 Measuring using tests without barcode The last wavelength measured appears on the display. This measured value is automatically stored. Measuring the Absorbance/Transmission 5. 41 . The measured value for the wavelength displayed at the top right appears. call up further wavelengths: – with 3 or 28.4 Measuring using reagent tests – Insert the AutoSelector in the round cell shaft and the rectangular cell in the rectangular cell shaft. 5. Align the line mark to the notch of the photometer. – Select the wavelength: with 3 or 28 – Start the measurement: Press 1. If necessary. number – On / Off download memory – total – from date – with I. XXX – for method XXX – AQA output methods – all – user def. D. Multi/ACHATII or – less conveniently – by means of a terminal program). open the cover. D. value – reset the number I. The following functions can be selected: no. e. 42 .6. of meas. – To switch on the photometer. The following display appears: – Call up the documentation menu with 1.g. – Press 1. Documentation 6 The measured values can be documented as follows: Storage in the measured value memory Output to a connected printer via the serial interface Documentation (automatic when a printer is connected) Transmission to a PC for further processing (by using the relevant software. methods The current settings are marked by "S" in the selection lists of the respective submenus. no. number function is active. off It is not possible to enter an ID number (default).1 Resetting the number of the measured value – Call up the no. D. – Select the menu item. sample location.2 Activating the ID number If the I.6. a sequence of up to 6 alphanumeric characters (I. of meas. number) is allocated to a measurement (e. g. number submenu. D. on. D. – Call up the I. Documentation 6. value submenu. with – Confirm with 3 1. customer number. 6. 43 . yes The numbering of the measured values starts again with 001 (default) no Consecutive numbering of the measured values (from 001 to 999) – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1. on Input an ID number for each measured value. river kilometer). – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 44 1. To erase incorrect inputs: – By pressing C the last input is erased. 3 .3 Download memory The measured value storage can be selectively downloaded to either the display or serial interface. The download memory menu item only appears after at least one measurement has been performed. 6. or – Insert the AutoSelector and rectangular cell. – all measured values of a specific ID number for method – all measured values of a special method AQA – all measurements of a specific method monitored with AQA. The following sorting criteria can be set: total – all stored measured values from date – all measured values from a special date with I. no. – Call up the download memory submenu. Confirmation without entering a character results in a space. The selection of the output medium is made after the specification of the sorting criteria. The following display appears: – Enter the required ID number Default: The ID number that was last entered (initially. D.6. there are underscores). Documentation Measuring using the activated "ID number" function or – Call up the concentration measuring mode – Insert and align the round cell. The input is made as follows: – Capital letters with 3 – Numerals via the numeric keypad – Confirm each time with 1. Selecting "from date" – Input the date via the numeric keypad – Erase the input using – Confirm with C 1. – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1 to start the memory download. – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1 to start the memory download. Documentation Selecting "total" Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface). Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface).6. 45 . Documentation Selecting "with I. – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1 to start the memory download. Selecting "AQA" – Input the method Default: The last method selected. – Confirm with 46 1 to start the memory download. – Confirm each time with 1. Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface)." – Enter the ID number Default: The last ID number entered is preselected. no. . – Confirm with 1 to start the memory download. Selecting "for method" – Input the method Default: The last method selected. D. – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1 to start the memory download.6. Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface). 02. value date/time I. appears only after user-defined methods have been input. The display shows: no. 3 or 28 Start the download with 1.3 mg/l mg/l mg/l COD COD PO4-P 6. – Download of user-defined methods. user def.98 11:56:33 11:54:21 18:30:53 t t * 80 70 0.g. of measured value (continuation display) beginning with the last measured value. – Cancel with 1. value unit Where necessary. D. The menu item.98 10. – Select the menu item with – 47 . of meas.4 Download of the methods list The stored methods are downloaded to the printer/PC via the serial interface. 3 or 28. The following parameters can be set: all – Download of all stored methods user def.02. number method designation – Scroll with citation meas. AQA2. Sample printout: 003 002 001 14541 14541 14729 10. – Call up the output methods submenu.. e.98 03.6. Documentation Memory download to display Each data record appears individually on the display beginning with the data record just measured.02. Memory download to printer/PC Memory download to the serial interface: Display of the transmitted no. AQA ID. 7. – Press 1. – Input the method number – Confirm with 1. open the cover. The following display appears: – Call up the method parameters submenu. – Select the menu item with – 48 . 3 or 28 Call up the parameter by pressing 1. Method Parameters 7 The following parameters can be set in the method parameters menu: citation Method Parameters unit dilution – To switch on the photometer. Method Parameters 7.7. 3. The current setting: NH4-N (S). scroll to NH Confirm with 1. – Using – 4 – Citation form NH4 is set (S). – Call up the citation submenu.1.1 Citation form 7. 49 .1 Changing the citation form Example: Change the citation form from "NH4-N" to "NH4". – Change to measuring by pressing 4. Fe IIIΔ (S) is set. Fe IIIΔ Confirm with 1. Example: Determination of iron (II) and iron (III). Method Parameters 7. – Start the 1st measurement by inserting cell 1. see part. The current setting: Fe 3 scroll to Fe II. – Using – – Citation form Fe II.7. – Enter method 106 – Confirm with 1. 50 . Ca-/Mg Hardness). – Call up the citation menu item.1.g. "Analysis specifications".2 Performing a difference measurement Difference measuring is possible for some methods (e. For more information on this. Iron II/III. Method Parameters After approx. Display of both measured values as a summary. 2 s: The 2nd measured value appears on the display: Iron II. – Continue to the display of both measured values using 1. 51 . 2 s: The 1st measured value appears on the display: Σ Fe. After approx. – Start the 2nd measurement by inserting cell 2. – Remove cell 1 – Press 1.7. Method Parameters 7. The current setting: mg/l (S) 3 scroll to mmol/l Confirm with 1.2 Selecting the unit The preset unit is "mg/l". – Call up the unit submenu.7. It can be changed to "mmol/l". 52 . – Using – – Unit mmol/l (S) is set. Example: Enter dilution 1:20 (i. – Input the dilution factor 19 via the numeric keypad – Confirm with or 1. 53 .7.3 Entering the dilution Diluting a sample with distilled water enables the measuring range to be extended. Values from 0 to 99 can be entered as dilution factors. – Call up the concentration measuring mode – Insert the cell – Confirm the method. The photometer automatically includes any dilution factor entered when calculating the measured value. The current setting: 1:00. Erase the dilution factor by: – changing the method – switching off the photometer – entering 00 as dilution number. Repeat measurements: – Insert the cell. – Call up the dilution submenu. – The measured value is displayed together with the dilution factor. or start the measurement – Confirm the dilution factor. Method Parameters 7.e. 1 part sample + 19 parts distilled water). it also includes photometer monitoring (AQA1). – Call up the meter setup submenu. – Input the password: Only numeric characters are allowed.1. 8.1 Activating AQA via the menu guide – Press 1. Default: 0000 – Confirm with If the input was incorrect: 54 1. In the delivery state it is switched off. A password request appears: A separate password protects settings of the AQAconfiguration against unauthorized access (Changing the password see section 8.8.5). open the cover. – Confirm with 1. . AQA1 – Photometer monitoring AQA2 – Total system monitoring with The AQA mode is activated by using a menu to select – monitoring of the photometer (AQA1) – monitoring of the total system using standard solutions (AQA2) standard solutions The total system monitoring (AQA2) is a method-specific check using standard solutions. See also part "General information" for further information on Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA). Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8 Analytical Quality Assur- Analytical quality assurance (AQA) can be performed in two steps: The AQA mode must be activated in the photometer.1. If this is performed successfully.1 Activating AQA – To switch on the photometer. 8. The meter setup submenu appears with the AQA functions menu item preselected. After the password has been successfully input. the AQA configuration submenu appears: – Call up the AQA mode function. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) – Repeat the input. meter.2. 55 . If you have forgotten the password. Selection of the AQA mode: meter system The menu item.8. call up the AQA check submenu. contact the service department. – In the setup menu.1). Default: off (no monitoring) – Select AQA mode: – off – n weeks – n measurements – Confirm with 1. only appears after the corresponding PhotoCheck standards have been input (see section 8. .2 Changing AQA intervals AQA intervals specify the interval between two AQA checks. call up the AQA intervals submenu. The specified number of n weeks applies to: the photometer with AQA1 all methods with AQA2. two separate intervals can be set up for both photometer monitoring (AQA1) and system monitoring (AQA2).2) is counted as one measurement only. According to the selection in the AQA mode menu. The respective values that were input remain stored even if they are not activated. After an interval has expired. A fixed time interval (n weeks) or a number of measurements (n measurements) can be specified as the interval. a change of the time interval (n weeks) even retroactively applies to monitoring processes that are already running. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. AQA interval. For the total system monitoring (AQA2). n weeks.1. the following consequences become effective: Warning and loss of AQA identification Locking of the method for concentration measurements (as long as the locking is active). is only effective if the n weeks setting is active for the AQA mode function. "n weeks" The AQA interval. – In the AQA intervals menu. If the AQA mode function is switched off. confirm with 56 1. Additionally. individual numbers of measurements can be set for different methods. call up the n weeks submenu.1. – To return without change. the AQA intervals submenu is not available. – In the AQA configuration menu. a fixed time interval (n weeks) or a number of measurements (n measurements) is set in the AQA intervals menu. a difference measurement (see section 7. Thus. press 1 three times – Enter the time interval for AQA meter via the numeric keypad. Setting ranges: Photometer monitoring (AQA1): – 1 to 52 weeks (default: 12 weeks) or – 1 to 9999 measurements (default: 1500) Monitoring of the total system using standard solutions (AQA2): – 1 to 52 weeks (default: 4 weeks) or – 1 to 9999 measurements (default: 100) With the n measurements setting. Changing the number of measurements (n measurements) does not affect monitoring processes already running.8. The measurements are counted separately for each monitored method. "n measurements" The AQA interval. – To return without change. Thus the number of measurements can be set for further methods no matter which monitoring processes were started before. you should check and. call up the n measurements submenu. Therefore. if necessary. – Enter the number of measurements for AQA system via the numeric keypad. The AQA2 check starts the monitoring for one method at a time. confirm with 1. independent of whether AQA2 is active for some parameters) each method an AQA check will then be performed for with AQA2.4).3. – In the AQA intervals menu. is only effective if the n measurements setting is active for the AQA mode function. n measurements. press 1 three times – Enter the number of measurements for AQA meter via the numeric keypad. When an AQA2 check is performed. confirm with 1. change the currently set number of measurements before each AQA2 check. Thus.8. The monitoring intervals of AQA2 monitoring processes already started for other methods are not affected by changing the number of measurements. The currently set number of measurements for the AQA2 check is saved for the active method and output in the report individually (section 8. it is possible to define individual numbers of measurements for different methods. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) AQA interval. the number of measurements last set in the AQA intervals menu is automatically taken over. The specified number of measurements applies to: the instrument with AQA1 (total number of measurements performed. 57 . 3 Locking the system The function system locked is effective if. 3 or 28 . – Select the menu item with – Confirm with 58 1. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. no AQA check was performed.8. the AQA check “system” has expired. for a monitored method. As a result. a concentration measurement is not possible for this method. – Call up the system locked submenu.1. 1. 0100. – Input the password once again: – Confirm with 1. This password can be changed as follows: – Call up the change password submenu.5 Performing an AQA reset If the Analytical Quality Assurance is to be switched off completely or reset to the delivery state. – Call up the reset submenu – Confirm with 1. the default password is 0000. this can be made via the reset function in the AQA configuration submenu.g. An AQA reset is performed. – Select the reset menu item – Confirm with 1. – Confirm with 1. via the numeric keypad – Confirm with 1.8. 8. 59 .4 Changing the password When delivered. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. e.1. – Input the required password. – Press – – – – 1 to call up the setup menu Call up the meter setup submenu.8. however.1 Entering PhotoCheck standards A Spectroquant® PhotoCheck is required to perform the photometer monitoring (AQA1). Select between input Input the theoretical value (absorbance) from the lot certificate of Spectroquant® PhotoCheck output Print/display theoretical values erase Erase theoretical values. to input all available standards. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. Input the password Call up the AQA standards submenu and the following display appears: – Call up the PhotoCheck submenu. 60 . At least 1 standard must be input. We recommend.2.2 Photometer monitoring (AQA1) 8. The erase and output menu items only appear after at least one standard has been input. Call up the AQA functions submenu. 8. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) Example: 445-1 nm. – Input the theoretical value. – Select the next one with 3 – Input all PhotoCheck standards in this way. If the standard is already stored. – Input the tolerance via the numeric keypad – Confirm with 1. 445-1 – Confirm with 1. this value appears on the display. return – Confirm with 1. PhotoCheck standard 445-1 is input. theoretical value (absorbance) 0. admissible tolerance ± 0.200.020 – Select with 3 or 28 – Quit via the menu item. 61 . call up the output menu item.08.3 Erasing PhotoCheck standards At least 1 standard must still be stored to be able to perform the AQA check function (meter monitoring).97 8.020 AQA date 26. 3 or 28 Confirm with 1 to start the download. call up the erase menu item.97 AQA1 13:19 AQA interval 12 weeks test sol.200 tolerance 0.8. – Select with – Example: Report output AQA check meter 26. . 0. – In the PhotoCheck standards submenu. 445-1 unit A theor. val.2.2. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface).08.2 Download of PhotoCheck standards – In the PhotoCheck standards submenu. Displays the stored PhotoCheck standards: – Select with 3 or 28 – Quit via return – Erase with 62 1. – Press 1 to call up the setup menu – Call up the AQA check submenu – Call up the meter submenu. The following display appears: – Insert the L1 cell.4 Performing Photometer monitoring Photometer monitoring (AQA1) includes a check of the Light barriers using the L1/L2 cells (contained within the scope of delivery of the Spectroquant® PhotoCheck) Absorbance measurement using PhotoCheck standards. 1 s: 63 .8. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. 4 s: – Insert the L2 cell. After approx. lint-free cloth and repeat the check. 1 s: If the error message appears. inform the service department. clean the cell shaft with a damp. After approx.2. If the message reoccurs. After approx. 8. the PhotoCheck standards (test solutions) are measured. On switching on.or error message After approx. Absorbance test OK.. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) After successful light barrier testing. Quit and have the photometer checked in the factory To cancel the check means no release for the next “meter" AQA interval! The absorbance test is terminated if an error message occurs and the meter is not released. 3 s: Insert the next test solution Cancel: Error elimination: 1. 445-1. Example: Report output AQA check meter 26. tolerance result A 0. the warning message "AQA interval expired" appears until the AQA was successfully performed or the AQA mode was switched off. perform a zero adjustment and repeat the check 3. Use a new Spectroquant® PhotoCheck packet 5.97 operator: AQA1 10:23 AQA interval AQA check AQA1 12 weeks ok L check ok test sol. Example: – Insert a cell with the test solution... Repeat the measurement (insert the cell again) 2. value 0. If necessary.08. Exchange the test solution (each packet contains two identical test solutions) 4..020 ok . The photometer measures the absorbance of the test solution and compares the result with the value entered. 445-1 64 meas.211 unit theor. val. .200 0. Select between input Enter standards output Print/display standards erase Erase standards. it is then first stored (no premature quitting). only one standard per test can be stored at a time. i. – Press – – – – 1 to call up the setup menu Call up the meter setup submenu.1 Entering standards The standards compiled in the table “Spectroquant® CombiCheck and standard solutions” (see part "General information") are already stored method-specifically in the photometer. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. Displays the last selected method. For total system monitoring (AQA2).3 Total system monitoring with standard solutions (AQA2) 8. – Select the method with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1 – Input the standards.8. The input of a standard is only complete with the input of the tolerances for finding it again.3.e. 65 . These values can be overwritten. Call up the AQA functions submenu Input the password Call up the AQA standards submenu and the following display appears: – Call up the standard solutions submenu. Values in parentheses indicate the range in which the theoretical value should move.7 mg/l (CombiCheck 20).8.0 mg/l. – Enter the new theoretical value.0 mg/l (CombiCheck 80). – Confirm with 66 1.7 mg/l) via the numeric keypad. – Confirm with 1.0 mg/l and tolerance of 1. . tolerance = 0. Change to: theoretical value = 8 mg/l. via the numeric keypad.g. Both standard and tolerance values have been overwritten. – Confirm with 1. – Confirm with 1. 8. – Input the tolerance (0. e. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) Example: Method 14729 with a preset theoretical value of 15. – Select the output submenu – Confirm with 1.97 67 . Select the output medium: to display to printer/PC (serial interface).8.97 26. – Select with – Example: Report output AQA check system 26. 3 or 28 Confirm with 1 to start the download. val.08. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8. 2.08.3.20 400 AQA date 24.00 5000 tolerance 0.08.2 Output of standards The current list of stored standards is output via the RS 232 interface (PC/printer) or via the display.97 AQA2 13:57 system locked on method 14554 14555 unit mg/l mg/l theor. 3 Erasing standards Erasing the method-specific standard solutions leads to the change of the measured value identification from AQA2 to AQA1 (with activated AQA mode). . change the currently set number of measurements before each AQA check (8. erase with – Confirm with 3 1. using Spectroquant ® CombiCheck). we recommend to check and.2 CHANGING AQA INTERVALS). – Select the menu item.3. identifies the method and performs the AQA2 check. 8. – Select the standard to be erased with 3 or 28 – Erase with 1. if necessary. The photometer reads the barcode.3.1. – Call up the standard solutions submenu.8.g.4 Monitoring of the total system using standard solutions The AQA2 check can be performed after it has been activated (see section 8. n measurements. The following display appears: or 68 For AQA2 with the setting. – Insert cell with prepared solution ready to be measured (e. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) 8.1). 00 0. 2 s: – Repeat the check If the error is repeated. value 1. The system AQA2 check must be performed separately for each method monitored..97 operator: AQA2 11:02 AQA interval method 14554 4 weeks meas.08..95 unit theor.. val. tolerance result mg/l 2.97 operator: AQA2 11:02 AQA interval method 14554 100 measurements meas. Analytical Quality Assurance (AQA) AQA check OK .20 ok Example: Report output (AQA mode: n measurements) AQA check system 26. Example: Report output (AQA mode: n weeks) AQA check system 26.95 unit theor.. value 1. .8.or error message After approx. The release is stored with the date and the specified interval. The AQA2 interval system set up for the respective method begins again. See "Analytical Quality Assurance" in part "General information". tolerance result mg/l 2. perform troubleshooting of the error.20 ok 69 . val.08.00 0. 9. – In the setup menu. call up the kinetics submenu. Possible settings: 00:05 to 60:00 – Confirm with 1. smallest interval 5 seconds). – Press 1. – To switch on the photometer. Call up the required measuring mode: Perform concentration measurement according to chapter 4 Perform absorbance measurement according to chapter 5 . The kinetic measured values are stored in the memory in the same way as the measured values from single measurements (older measured values are overwritten). When the memory is full. 70 . The starting values of the kinetic are not overwritten! The output of kinetic measured values after the termination of the measurement is performed via the menu item. open the cover. – Input the interval via the numeric keypad (default: 1 min). Kinetics 9 Kinetics The kinetics function enables the tracking of timedependent changes in concentration or absorbance (for one selected wavelength) by repeating measurements over an adjustable time interval (setting possibility 00:05 to 60:00 min. the meter aborts the kinetic measurement. The maximum number of measuring cycles of a kinetic measurement is 1000 measurements (until the memory is full of kinetic measured values). download memory. The current measured value number appears in the header of the display. The following display appears: – Call up the set interval menu item. The following display appears: – Call up the correction funct. – Press 1. call up the meter setup submenu. A blank value remains stored until it is erased (menu item. the stored value is ignored and the measured value of a self-prepared reagent blank solution is used instead. however. submenu.10. 71 . The blank value function is not active when delivered.1 Blank value The blank value (= reagent blank value) for each method is stored in the photometer. – In the setup menu. A blank value is always stored for the method that was just called up. this blank value is used for determining the measured value and the measured value is documented accordingly. 10. When the blank value function is active. The stored blank values. The following display appears: Select the correction function: blank value reference absorbance turbidity correct. This procedure increases the measuring accuracy for some tests (for more information. remain stored. see part "Analytical procedures"). The reset setup function sets the blank value to off. – Confirm with 1. The reset total function resets all settings and blank values at once. Correction functions 10 Correction functions – To switch on the photometer. If a measured blank value is stored and the blank value function is active for a method. open the cover. erase blank value) or overwritten. 1 Activating the blank value measurement – In the correction funct. 72 . Activating or deactivating the blank value function applies to all measurements using methods a blank value was stored for in the memory. call up the blank value submenu in the setup menu. call up the blank value submenu. 10. The value measured against the prepared blank solution is displayed. When doing so.1. function appears: – Select the on menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1. The stored blank values determined from blank solutions prepared by the user can be deactivated by switching off the blank value measurement. The blank value function is active and appears in the setup menu: – To measure the blank value. Correction functions Measuring the concentration with a blank value – Press 4 to call up the concentration measuring mode. menu. the blank values remain stored in the memory and can be reactivated later. The following display appears: The blank value meas.10. – Insert a cell with blank solution to start a measurement. erase blank value and recall blank values first appear after at least one blank value has been measured. erase blank value. The menu items. The message..1.10. – Select the erase blank value menu item – After confirming with 1 the erase blank value menu opens. measuring. blank value menu item. Correction functions 10..2 Measuring the blank value – Call up the meas.1.3 Erasing blank values A measured blank value is erased via the menu item. appears on the display. After approx. Select between all Erase all stored blank values single Erase individual stored blank value 73 . 2 s: 10. The erase blank value menu item first appears after a blank value has been measured.. – Select the blank value with – – Select the erase menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1. 10.1.10. 3 or 28 3 or . 3 or 28 Erase the displayed blank value with 1. – Select the blank value with – Return with 74 1.4 Recalling blank values – Select the recall blank values menu item with 28 – Confirm with 1. Correction functions Each stored blank value is displayed with the date of the blank value measurement and the relevant method designation. measuring. When activating the reference absorbance. appears on the display. – In the correction funct. The measured reference absorbance value remains stored until the photometer is switched off the method is changed it is manually erased using the erase ref. 75 . call up the reference absorbance submenu. . The reference absorbance function is not active when delivered. The following display appears: The reference absorbance function appears: – Select the on menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1.. – Call up the measure ref. call up the setup submenu in the reference absorbance menu. absorb. absorb. menu item first appears after a reference absorbance has been measured.. function. menu item. menu. The reference absorbance function is active and appears in the setup menu: – To measure the reference absorbance.. – Insert the cell to start the measurement. The message. absorb.10. this value is ignored and the value measured as the reference absorbance is used instead.2 Reference absorbance Each absorbance measurement is made against the basic absorbance stored in the meter.. The erase ref. Correction functions 10.. the reference absor- bance value is erased. function. by switching off the meter. 2 s: The measured value corrected by the reference absorbance is displayed. The measured value for the selected wavelength appears. The measured reference absorbance remains valid for all consecutive measurements with the same wavelength. absorb. – Select the erase ref. Correction functions After approx. menu item – After confirming with 1. After approx. – If necessary. – Insert the measuring cell. 2 s: The measured value for the wavelength displayed at the top right appears. change the wavelength by pressing the 3 key. Erasing the reference value A measured reference absorbance value is erased manually using the erase ref. 76 . absorb.10. – Press 5 to call up the absorbance measuring mode. 100 A is exceeded. The function remains permanently switched on after it has been activated. function appears: – Select the on menu item with – Confirm with – Press 3 or 28 1. in all methods. After approx. – In the correction funct. – Insert the measuring cell. Values that were measured using turbidity correction are given an identifier in the display and in the documentation (printout and storage). the meter displays the measured value together with a warning. call up the turbidity correct. submenu.10. function is not active when delivered. The following display appears: The turbidity correct. The suspended particles cause a light absorption. menu. Warning of excessive turbidity: If the turbidity absorbance of 0. This leads to incorrect (too high) measured values. If the turbidity correction is active. 77 . or useful. The turbidity correct. This function is not necessary. 4 to call up the concentration measuring mode. the photometer automatically decides whether to perform the function or not depending on the method. 2 s: Display of the measured value with turbidity correction switched on: Identified by TC. Correction functions 10.3 Turbidity correction Turbidity correction is used in sample solutions that contain finely distributed suspended particles. 78 . clean and refill it (minimum filling level 20 mm). always insert rectangular cells in the cell shaft with the same orientation as during the zero adjustment (e. When performing the zero adjustment with a round cell observe the following points: Only use a clean. scratch-free round cell with distilled water. the adjustment must be made using the same cell type (manufacturer) as for the measurement. In addition. When changing the cell type always repeat the zero adjustment with the new type. If the round cell is visibly contaminated. cell labeling always on the left side).11. e. Clean the rectangular cell before performing the zero adjustment and fill it with distilled water (minimum filling level 20 mm).g. For measurement. or at least every 24 months. Zero adjustment 11 Zero adjustment Zero adjustment is necessary after changing the lamp after the error message.g. Then check the cell for scratches. When performing the zero adjustment with a rectangular cell observe the following points: With rectangular cells. a prepared zero cell is contained in the scope of delivery of the PhotoCheck (article 14693). transport if the ambient temperature changed by more than 5 °C since the last zero adjustment at least every six months. A prepared zero cell is provided with your photometer. percussion. PhotoCheck (AQA1) occurs on initial commissioning if the photometer was mechanically stressed. This is important because glass of different manufacturers has different absorption behavior. After approx. Zero adjustment Only perform the zero adjustment against distilled water in an optically perfect cell. The zero adjustment must be performed separately for each cell type. – Insert a cell with distilled water...11. 2 s: Successful zero adjustment for the 10 mm rectangular cell. call up the meter setup submenu. measuring. 79 . The message.. The following display appears: – Call up the zero adjustment submenu with 3 or 28. appears on the display. – Press 1 – In the setup menu. methods appears: input charact. Entering characteristics for user-defined methods. If you input a method designation that is already stored in the photometer. Printing the characteristics for user-defined methods. print charact. erase an old method. These code numbers are used to fast-find userdefined methods when setting methods. methods submenu with 3 or 28. The following display appears: – Call up the user def. – Press 1 – In the setup menu. call up the meter setup submenu.12. The 51st user-defined method causes the method error message to appear. The photometer automatically restricts the measuring range (no message) if the entered method data allows absorbance values > 3. erase Erasing single or all user-defined methods. A total of 50 user-defined methods can be stored. Measuring with user-defined methods: – Insert the measuring cell – Input a method number via the numeric keypad – Confirming with 80 1 starts the measurement. . If the input is successful. Submenu user def. if this occurs. the meter displays the accepted method. Numbers from 301 to 399 are allowed. the characteristics are displayed and you can modify them. User-defined methods 12 User-defined methods User-defined methods are stored under code numbers. first appears after characteristics have been input. first appears after characteristics have been input.2 A. submenu with 3 or 28. 81 . TEST1: – Enter letters using 3. – Enter the citation form: – Enter letters using 3.12.g.1 Entering characteristics via the keyboard – Select the input charact. numerals via the numeric keypad – Confirm each time with 1. e. – Input the method number (301 to 399) via the numeric keypad – Confirm with 1 Confirming without character input results in a blank. Example: – Select the wavelength with – Confirm with 3 1. User-defined methods 12. – Input the method designation. numerals via the numeric keypad – Confirm each time with 1. . Possible selections: 0. – Enter the meas. User-defined methods – Input the unit with 3 – Confirm each time with 1.1 1 10 100 – Select the resolution using – Confirm with 3 1. – Enter the meas. – Select the sign (+/–) using 3 – Enter the zero point: – Numbers from 0 to 9 – Confirm each time with 1. Selecting the resolution defines the numeric display of the beginning and end of the measuring range. – Select the sign (+/–) using 3 – Enter the slope: – Numbers from 0 to 9 – Confirm each time with 1.12.01 0. range begin: – Numbers from 0 to 9 – Confirm each time with 1.001 0. range end: – Numbers from 0 to 9 – Confirm each time with 82 1. 1.3 14 0.1 22. range begin reference cell not equal to 10 mm. The individual datablocks of the string are separated by spaces: Further information is given in the chapter 15 RS 232 C INTERFACE.3 2 5 (=round) 0. range begin meas.1 <CR> 83 .12 0. > 32000 zero point > 32000 meas. – Scroll with – 12. – Select with – Example: Display and automatic printout of code no. range end < 0 or > 32000 meas. 20 mm or 50 mm designation of the wavelength does not agree with the photometer resolution not 0. range end ≤ meas.12.1 5 22.009 2. User-defined methods round 10 mm 20 mm 50 mm 3 Confirm with 1.009 2.… Example: CEME 301 Test1 690nm mmol/l C6H5OH 0.1 Error message "INVALID COMMAND" The following inputs lead to this error message: slope = 0 or < –32000.2 Entering characteristics via the PC Data format of the method data: The data of user-defined methods is transferred in a string. 14 mm.12 0. 0. range end reference cell resolution Character 4 3 5 5 9 12 5 5 5 Example CEME 301 TEST1 690nm mmol/l C6H5OH 0. methods method number method designation wavelength unit citation zero point slope meas. and characteristics as a list. 3 Return with 1. Datablock input user-def. range begin < 0 or > 32000 meas.01. designation wavelength unit citation resolution zero point slope MRB MRE reference cell < time > 301 TEST1 690 nm mmol/l C6H5OH 0.3 round 12.1 22. – Cancel with 1. The characteristics of all user-defined methods are printed sequentially as a list. methods: code. submenu with 3 or 28 – Start the print with 1.1 +0.12.12 0. Example: Report printout < date > user def.009 +2.3 Printing characteristics – Call up the print charact.4 Erasing user-defined methods – Call up the erase submenu with 84 3 or 28. User-defined methods 12. no. . – Call up the erase menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1.. The message method is erased . User-defined methods Select the required menu item: all Erase all user-defined methods single Selectively erase individual methods – Confirm with 1. TEST1: – Input the method number (301) via the numeric keypad or – by scrolling with – Confirm with 3 1. Selecting "all" – Call up the erase menu item with – Confirm with 3 or 28 1.. e. The message methods are erased ..12..g. appears 85 . appears Selecting "single" – Select a method. – Select a language. call up the meter setup submenu. 86 .1 Selecting the language The following languages are stored in the photometer: This is the order in which the available languages appear in the select language menu. English 1 Press the 1 key again: – Confirm with – Return to the meter setup submenu. The following display appears: This chapter describes four functions of the meter setup menu: select language set date/time Performing a meter reset system info 13. The displays appear in English. – Press 1 – In the setup menu. Meter Setup 13 Meter Setup – To switch on the photometer. the Cyrillic alphabet is used for the user guidance. For output to the RS 232 C interface. Dansk (Danish) Svenska (Swedish) Español (Spanish) Nederlands (Dutch) Indonesia (Indonesian) Ceština (Czech) Magyar (Hungarian) Russkij (Russian) Türkçe (Turkish) Brasil (Brasilian) – Call up the select language menu item. open the cover. Italiano (Italian) Português (Portuguese) Polski (Polish) When Russkij is selected as the language. e. Method designation and ID numbers are always displayed in Latin script.g. Deutsch (German) English Français (French) The available languages are listed in the language of the respective country in the photometer.13. Cyrillic characters are converted to Latin characters according to GOST. Example: Performing a total reset – Select the reset menu item – Confirm with 1. – Input the date via the numeric keypad – Confirm with 1 – Input the time via the numeric keypad – Confirm with 1.2 Setting the date/time – Call up the set date/time menu item.1. – Call up the reset menu item. All AQA functions are retained when meter setup is used. See section 8. A meter reset is performed (measured value memory and setup). Select between total Erase the measured value storage and reset the settings to the delivery state meas.13.5 for AQA reset. The reset total function resets all settings and blank values at once. 13. storage Erase the measured value storage setup Reset all settings to the delivery state.3 Reset It is possible to reset the photometer to its factory settings (delivery state) in single steps. 87 . Meter Setup 13. Sample display 88 .4 System info – Call up the system info menu item. Meter Setup 13.13. 89 . PC (Win 95 or higher) with Internet connection PC cable (available as an accessory) An *. nova400md. The old method data are overwritten by this. – Connect the serial interfaces of the PC and photometer with the cable. nova30md. 3 minutes.exe" program file and 6 method data files (pls6md.xxx. You can terminate it at any time by clicking on the "Cancel" button.exe or *.xxx. – Download from the Internet the software including the method data (*. – Click on the "Search meter" button.xxx.g.exe" program file by double-clicking. you receive all new methods and. 8. pls12md. – Click on the "Start" button to start the method download. contains the All method data are reloaded into the photometer with the update. Additionally.exe file with a double-click or decompress the *. Updating method data 14 Updating method data You will always find the latest method data for your photometer on the Internet. With a method update. It can be downloaded from our homepage with a mouse click. In the upper half of the window there is the name of your photometer (among other things).xxx. at the same time.00). To download and update the photometer method data via the built-in RS232 interface. – Switch on the PC.14. The program automatically recognizes the connected photometer. minor modifications of already existing methods are transferred with it. can easily and conveniently update all method data.exe or *. xxx = version).xxx. Another "Update Method Data" window appears. The files are packed in a self-decompressing archive file (*.zip) and can be decompressed after the download. the download has to be carried out once again completely so that the photometer can save the method data and is operative.zip file from the Internet. nova60md.xxx. In this case.zip file with Winzip. – Decompress the *. you need the following: The software provided for downloading contains the program file and method data. plspekmd. Carry out the update as follows: – Switch on the photometer (open the cover). behind it there is the method version in brackets (e.zip) and copy it into a separate directory or on a floppy disk. The process takes approx. – Start the "UpdateMethodData.exe) or in a zip file (*. A method update contains all new test sets and methods respectively. "UpdateMethodData. The "Update Method Data" window appears. however. Updating method data During the download. Error messages Message No meter found Meaning Connection PC .14. call up the meter setup submenu.photometer out of order or not available Photometer not recognized 90 Remedy – Tightly connect the cable to the serial interfaces of the PC and photometer. The method version (here: 33. The photometer returns to the concentration measuring mode. The download is finished. proceed as follows: – In the setup menu. confirm the "Data successfully downloaded" message. You can check whether the new method data are stored in the photometer. – Use the correct cable – Select the photometer manually . To do so. the following display appears on the photometer screen: – After the download. Sample display (the software version is irrelevant here).00) has to agree with the method version for your photometer in the "Update Method Data" window during the download. – Call up the system info menu item. . [MMM] = method number Input user-defined methods (see chapter chapter 12 USER-DEFINED METHODS) Output user-defined methods. appears if commands are unknown or cannot be carried out (e. data can be output to a printer and exchanged with a personal computer (PC) RS 232 C interface For this. Optional parameters [MMM] and [LLL] need only be input for uncoded cells. CLOC <CR> Reply from meter > <CR> Reply string command xx <CR> Operating mode Remote (remote control) Remote (remote control) Concentration measurement The keyboard of the photometer is locked in the remote operating mode. 086 for method 14729) Measurement and transmission of the absorbance value for the wavelength. [MMM] = method number (e. if optional parameters do not agree with the cell coding). Invalid command. 91 .15. [LLL] = wavelength Measurement and transmission of the sample blank value. [anz] = number of the measured values to be output Measurement and transmission of the concentration value with date/time. [MMM] = method number The error message. 15.2 Command list Command S CLOC CDAT [anz] CMES [MMM] CEXT [LLL] CBLA [MMM] CCLB [MMM] CEME REME [MMM] Function Begin communication Switchover to normal operation (concentration measurement) Reads out stored measured values. [MMM] = method number Erase measured sample blank values. 15. RS 232 C interface 15 Via the interface.1 Principle course of the remote control String to meter S <CR> Command xx (see 15. the following items are available as accessories: Printer cable Printer Interface cable Communication software.g. g.2 command list) . . RS 232 C interface 15. cable length 4800 8 1 none Hardware 15 m 15. D. value 10 unit 12 citation AQA ID (AQA2/AQA1) dilution factor 4 4 Notes: Data fields are separated by spaces.4 Data transmission Baud rate Data bits: Stop bits: Parity: Handshake: Max. CEXT and CBLA) 5 method designation 6 I. Character set: IBM.3 Output format of measured values Character Meaning 3 consecutive number (not required for interface commands CMES.5 Pin assignment Photometer 9-pin socket 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 92 Computer 9-pin socket 4 3 2 1 and 6 5 4 8 7 25 pin plug 20 2 3 6 7 20 5 4 - Printer with RS 232 C interface TXD RXD SG DTR (if not available: short-circuit CTS and RTS ) - .15. code page 437 Meaning of the special characters: ! = Measuring with blank value (concentration) or reference absorbance (absorbance) t/T = Measurement with turbidity correction/with high turbidity * = Measured value outside the measuring range Q = AQA measurement 15. number 17 4 9 date and time special characters meas. The photometer has a draining mechanism under the cell shaft that. cleaning.g. check the photometer: – Perform a photometer monitoring (see section 8. disposal 16. Maintenance. – Switch off the photometer (close the cover) and disconnect it from the line power – Let the liquid drain off – Carefully remove any pieces of glass. prevents any liquid coming into contact with electronic components.Changing the lamp – Switch off the photometer and disconnect it from the power line – Carefully turn up the photometer and park it safely – Screw off the lamp cover on the underside of the photometer – Connect the plug a of the new lamp – Screw the lamp cover on again – Set up the photometer again and connect it to the power line Let the lamp of the photometer cool down. using tweezers – Carefully clean the cell shaft with a damp.2 Cleaning . – Switch on the meter (open the cover) and after the – Press and hold 3 following display appears. e.1 Maintenance .16.Actions to take if a cell is broken Do not rotate the photometer to pour out the liquid! – Let the cell shaft dry After it is dry. cleaning.2). – Insert a new preset lamp and screw it tight using the screw b – Press 1 16. release 3: – Pull out the plug a – Unscrew the screw b – Remove the lamp with its holder c by pulling it gently upwards Do not touch the new light bulb of the photometer. when operated correctly. lint-free cloth 93 . disposal 16 Maintenance. 16. Maintenance, cleaning, disposal 16.3 Disposal Packing The measuring instrument is sent out in a protective transport packing. We recommend: Keep the packing material in case you have to send the measuring instrument back for service. The original packing prevents the measuring instrument from being damaged during transport. Measuring instrument Dispose of the measuring instrument as electronic waste at an appropriate collection point. It is illegal to dispose of it in household refuse. Within the European Union, the batteries are removed at a specialized treatment center at the instrument's end of life. The instruments are taken to one of those specialized treatment centers via the recycling system set up for this purpose. 94 17. Technical Data 17 Technical Data Optical measuring principle Filter photometer with reference beam absorption measurement; simultaneous recording of all wavelengths Light source Tungsten halogen lamp, preset Receiver 12 x photo diode array Optical filters 340 nm, 410 nm, 445 nm, 500 nm, 525 nm, 550 nm, 565 nm, 605 nm, 620 nm, 665 nm, 690 nm, 820 nm, Accuracy: ±2 nm; Half width: 340 nm = 30 nm ±2 nm; all others = 10 nm ±2 nm Photometric reproducibility 0.001 A at 1.000 A Photometric resolution 0.001 A Warm-up time none Measuring time approx. 2 s Types of measurement Concentration (method dependent, selectable display form), absorbance, transmission Measuring range –0.300 A to 3.200 A absorbance Measuring range 0.1 % to 1000 % transmission Balancing Permanently stored Drift correction Automatic on each Self-Check Retrofitting of new methods via the Internet User-defined methods max. 10 Kinetics Automatic measurement repetition with selectable interval Bar code recognition automatic selection of the method; automatic recognition of the reagents lot Cell recognition automatic Self-Check Test: Memory, optics, electronic measured value recording, barcode recognition, cell recognition Automatic calibration: Optics, electronic measured value recording, barcode recognition, rectangular cell recognition Time/Date Real-time clock in the photometer Dimensions H: 140 mm, D: 270 mm, W: 260 mm Weight approx. 2.3 kg (battery version: 2.8 kg) Guidelines and norms used are definded in a separate document: Declaration of Conformity Power pack FRIWO FW 7555O/15 Friwo Part. No. 1822367 Input: 100 ... 240 V ~ / 50 ... 60 Hz / 400 mA Output: 15 V DC / 1 A Power consump- max. 1300 mA tion in line operation Batteries Backup battery Battery (optional) Climatic class 1 x 3,0 V Lithium battery, soldered in the instrument Built-in battery: NiMH rechargeable battery 7.2 V/2500 mAh, operating time with new, fully charged battery: typical 40 hours with 10 measurements per hour, trickle charging in line operation, approx. 5 h charging time for a discharged battery, total discharge protection 2, VDI/VDE 3540 Ambient temper- Storage: –25 °C to +65 °C ature Operation: +5 °C to +40 °C Allowable relative humidity Annual mean: 75 % 30 days/year: 95 % other days: 85 % Test certificate CE 95 17. Technical Data Operating elements On/off switch actuated by opening/closing the lid of the cell shaft cover Silicon keyboard with 4 function keys and number field with 12 keys Round cell shaft – for round cells (flat cell floor, external/internal diameter 16 mm / 13.8 mm) Rectangular cell shaft – for 10 mm, 20 mm and 50 mm rectangular cells with a maximum width of 12.60 mm Display Graphical display 128 x 64 pixels Connections Digital interface RS 232 C 9-pin socket to connect to PC or printer Power supply 2-pin socket to connect the plugin power supply unit Data storage Cyclical memory to record 1000 measured values Equipment Statement Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. Software settings when delivered ID number input: Off Measured value 1 number: Off blank value is: Reference absorbance: Off turbidity correct.: Off English language: Kinetic interval: 60s Date of the last valid invalid (not yet measured) AQA1 check: AQA1 interval: 12 weeks AQA2 interval: 4 weeks AQA password: 0000 AQA mode: Off Lock measurement if Off AQA2 expired: Checks to be measured none with AQA1: AQA2 values: none Settings after reset - total Measured value storage and setup reset Settings after reset - meas. storage Meas. value number: 1 Measured values: none Settings after reset - setup ID number input: Off Measured value 1 number: Off blank value: reference absorbance: Off turbidity correct.: Off Language: unchanged Kinetic interval: 60s Citation forms of the respective reference citamethods tion Units of the methods: respective reference unit Settings after reset - AQA Date of the last valid invalid (not yet measured) AQA1 check: AQA1 interval: 12 weeks AQA2 interval: 4 weeks AQA password: 0000 AQA mode: Off Lock measurement if Off AQA2 expired: Checks to be measured none (Input theoretical values and tolerances with AQA1: are not erased and are offered again with the next input). AQA2 values: none (theoretical values and tolerances of all methods are set to default values ® according to the "Spectroquant CombiCheck and standard solutions" table in the part "General information".) 96 18. What to do if… 18 What to do if… The display remains blank when switched on Connect the photometer to the line power via the power pack. In the case of battery operation: Battery empty, charging required (approx. 5h); line operation is possible without restrictions during charging time. Battery nearly empty. Charging required (see chapter 3 COMMISSIONING). appears Date/time is lost when switched off The backup battery of the real time clock is empty and has to be replaced. Send the photometer to the service department for this. Password forgotten Inform the service department. Photometer does not react The connected printer is off line. Switch on the printer or pull out the interface cable. Error messages: remove cell The message remove cell appears on the display although no cell is inserted. Clean the cell shaft with a damp, lint-free cloth. If the error message still appears, return the photometer to the service department. lamp defective Replace the lamp (see chapter chapter 16 MAINTENANCE, CLEANING, DISPOSAL). no zero adjustment No zero adjustment is stored in the meter for the cell. Perform zero adjustment (see chapter chapter 11 ZERO ADJUSTMENT). cell error The rectangular cell is inserted incorrectly, or two cells are inserted. Insert the cell correctly. cell invalid A cell type that is not allowed for the selected method was selected, e. g. a round cell for the reagent test. method invalid No data is stored in the photometer for the selected method. Update method data (see chapter chapter 14 UPDATING METHOD DATA). wrong method During a difference measurement, the method was changed between the first and second measurement. During a difference measurement, the method must remain identical. E_0 Hardware error: Send the photometer to the service department. E_1, E_2 or E_3 Replace the lamp (see chapter chapter 16 MAINTENANCE, CLEANING, DISPOSAL). If the error message remains, send the meter to the service department. 97 eng Analytical Procedures Appendices Spectroquant® photometers Contents Table – Available photometric test kits Analytical Procedures Appendix 1 – Suitability of Test Kits for Testing Seawater Appendix 2 – Spectroquant ® CombiCheck and Standard Solutions Appendix 3 – Solutions Instructions for the Preparation of Standard . 0 mg/l COD 014 COD Cell Test* 114540 10 – 150 mg/l COD 105 COD Cell Test* 114895 15 – 300 mg/l COD 093 COD Cell Test* 114690 50 – 500 mg/l COD 023 COD Cell Test* 114541 25 – 1500 mg/l COD 094 COD Cell Test* 114691 300 – 3500 mg/l COD 024 COD Cell Test* 114555 500 – 10 000 mg/l COD S-DPD Diphenylcarbazide Peroxodisulfate oxidation.3’-Dimethylnaphtidine 100605 114834 101745 100858 114815 114815 114730 114897 114897 101804 101807 100595 100597 0.0 mg/l Cl 10 – 250 mg/l Cl 0.0 – 80.0 mg/l NH4-N 5 – 150 mg/l NH4-N 0. chromium(III) determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.0 mg/l NH4-N 4.100 mg/l As 0.00 mmol/l Indicator reaction 100594 114825 114739 114558 114544 114559 114752 100683 100683 Application 100675 101747 100687 100826 114839 Application 0.05 – 2.010 – 3.03 – 6.50 mg/l AOX 0. chromium(III) determination 211 196 043 104 051 052 053 054 155 163 130 156 132 157 164 046 195 146 067 183 165 042 125 095 110 063 218 219 141 142 143 145 144 194 149 039 039 * turbidity correction possible ** individual calibration necessary Release 06/2014 .010 – 6. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.800 mg/l B 0.00 mg/l Cr 4. covers all possible path length (cells from 10 to 50 mm).00 mg/l B 0.00 mg/l Cl2 S-DPD S-DPD S-DPD 100086/100087/ 100088 100608 114552 114552 0.500 mg/l Cd 10 – 250 mg/l Ca 5 – 160 mg/l Ca 1. chromium(III) determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.02 – 0.00 mg/l Br2 0.120 mg/l BrO3 Chromazurole S Chromazurole S Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Indophenol blue Brilliant green Oxidation to chloride Ag-DDTC Modification of Winkler method Azomethine H Rosocyanine 3.5 – 3000 mg/l O2 0.00 mg/l Cr 0. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation. diphenylcarbazide Diphenylcarbazide Inherent color Chromosulfuric acid oxidation. Method selection is achieved through a barcode on the cell (for cell tests) or through a barcode on the AutoSelector (for reagent tests).0 mg/l Ca 5 – 125 mg/l Cl 2.00 mg/l Cl2 0.5 – 25.020 – 1. Test* (free and total chlorine) Chlorine dioxide Test* Chromate Cell Test* Chromate Cell Test* (total chromium) Chromate Test* Chromium Baths COD Cell Test* 101758 0.05 – 2.003 – 0.010 – 6.20 mg/l Al 0.10 – 5.0 – 400 g/l CrO3 4.020 – 10.10 – 8.50 mg/l Al 0.0 mg/l COD COD Cell Test* 101796 5.050 – 0.00 mg/l Sb 0.20 – 8.001 – 0.0 – 75.0020 – 0. Determination Total Range Method 208 040 020 031 Acid Capacity Cell Test to pH 4. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.05 – 2. Method No.010 – 2.03 – 6.0 – 15.5 – 16. in the reagent tests.05 – 2.010 – 3.3 (total alkalinity) Aluminium Cell Test* Aluminium Test* Ammonium Cell Test Ammonium Cell Test Ammonium Cell Test Ammonium Cell Test Ammonium Test Ammonium Test Ammonium Test Antimony in water and wastewater AOX Cell Test* Arsenic Test* BOD Cell Test* Boron Cell Test* Boron Test* Bromate in water and drinking water Bromine Test* Cadmium Cell Test Cadmium Test Calcium Cell Test* Calcium Test* Calcium Test sensitive* Chloride Cell Test* Chloride Test* Chloride Test* Chloride Cell Test* Chloride Test* Chlorine Cell Test* (free chlorine) Chlorine Cell Test* (free and total chlorine) Chlorine Test* (free chlorine) Chlorine Test* (total chlorine) Chlorine Test* (free and total chlorine) Chlorine Cell Test*.40 – 8.0 – 40.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Available photometric test kits The following methods are programmed into the photometer and measurements can be made without any further adjustments.020 – 10. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.010 – 6.00 mg/l Cl2 0. The method number listed in column 1 is for manual selection.000 mg/l NH4-N 0.5 – 15.00 mg/l Cr 114758 114560 0.00 mg/l NH4-N 2.000 mg/l Cd 0.00 mg/l Cl 0. The total range relates to the cited test in column 2 and.00 mg/l ClO2 0.025 – 1.0 – 80. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.00 mg/l Cl2 DPD 0.00 mg/l Cl2 S-DPD Cadion derivative Cadion derivative Phthalein purple Glyoxal-bis-hydroxyanil Glyoxal-bis-hydroxyanil Iron(III)-thiocyanat Iron(III)-thiocyanat Iron(III)-thiocyanat Iron(III)-thiocyanat Iron(III)-thiocyanat S-DPD S-DPD 100598 100602 100599 0.00 mg/l Cl2 0.0 mg/l Cl 0.010 – 6.0 mg/l NH4-N 0.00 mg/l NH4-N 0. measurement at 340 nm Platinum-cobalt-Standard Method.010 – 5.500 mg/l CN 0.00 mg/l Cu 2. and pyridinecarboxylic acid Triazine derivative Alizarin complexone Alizarin complexone Alizarin complexone Alizarin complexone Alizarin complexone Alizarin complexone SPADNS Chromotropic acid Chromotropic acid Rhodamine B 038 161 Iron Test Iron Test* 114761 100796 066 160 158 159 184 Lead Cell Test* Lead Test* Magnesium Cell Test* Manganese Cell Test* Manganese Test* 114833 109717 100815 100816 101739 061 078 075 075 109 109 210 076 124 215 216 166 167 217 028 091 045 0.05 – 4.1 – 50.00 mg/l F 1.00 0.010 – 0.2 – 500 mg/l Pt/Co (Hazen) 179 Color Hazen* CU445 1 – 1000 mg/l Pt/Co (Hazen) 026 027 083 228 044 099 128 198 147 033 021 037 106 Copper Cell Test* 114553 Copper Test* 114767 Copper Baths Cyanide Cell Test* 102531 (free cyanide) Cyanide Cell Test* 114561 (free cyanide) Cyanide Cell Test* 114561 (readily liberated cyanide) Cyanide Test* 109701 (free cyanide) Cyanide Test* 109701 (readily liberated cyanide) Cyanuric Acid Test 119253 Fluoride Cell Test* 114557 Fluorid Cell Test sensitive 114557 Fluoride Cell Test* 100809 Fluorid Cell Test sensitive 100809 Fluorid Test* 114598 Fluorid Test* 114598 Fluorid Test 100822 Formaldehyde Cell Test* 114500 Formaldehyde Test* 114678 Gold Test 114821 Hardness see Total Hardness or Residual Hardness Hazen see Color Hazen Hydrazine Test* 109711 Hydrogenperoxide Cell Test* 114731 Hydrogenperoxide Cell Test sens.0 g/l Cu 0.00 mg/l Pb 5.0 – 75. barbituric acid. and pyridinecarboxylic acid Barbituric acid and pyridinecarboxylic acid Citric acid.00 mg/l Mn 4-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde Titanyl sulfate Titanyl sulfate Phenanthroline derivative S-DPD Measurement at 340 nm Measurement at 445 nm Triazine 2.00 mg/l HCHO 0. measurement at 445 nm Cuprizone Cuprizone Inherent color Barbituric acid and pyridinecarboxylic acid Barbituric acid and pyridinecarboxylic acid Citric acid.005 – 2.0020 – 0.0 – 60.0 – 20. chromium(III) chromate determination Measurement at 445 nm 137 CU340 0.02 – 6.010 – 0.02 – 2.* 114731 Hydrogenperoxide Test 118789 Iodine Test* 100606 Iodine color number Iodine color number Iron Cell Test 114549 Iron Cell Test* 114896 Platinum-cobalt-Standard Method.1 – 50.00 mg/l Pb 0. chromate determination Chloride depletion.10 – 2.50 mg/l F 0.80 mg/l F 0.10 – 8.500 mg/l CN 0.025 – 0.500 mg/l F 0.010 – 0.5 – 12.1 – 250 m-1 Measurement at 620 nm 032 Color (445) (spectral absorption coefficient) Color (525) (spectral absorption coefficient) Color (620) (spectral absorption coefficient) Color Hazen* Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.0 m-1 CO525 0.500 mg/l F 0.0 mg/l Au 0. barbituric acid.500 mg/l CN 0. chromium(III) determination Chloride depletion.0 – 80.010 – 3.10-Phenanthroline PAR PAR Phthalein purple Formaldoxime PAN * turbidity correction possible ** individual calibration necessary Release 06/2014 . chromosulfuric acid oxidation.00 mg/l Fe 0.500 mg/l CN 0. chromosulfuric acid oxidation.2’-Dipyridyl Triazine 1.0 mg/l Fe (Fe(II) and Fe(III)) 0.10 – 1.050 – 10.00 mg/l I2 0.00 mg/l N2H4 2.00 mg/l H2O2 0.00 mg/l Cu 0. Determination Total Range Method 209 COD Cell Test* 101797 5000 – 90 000 mg/l COD COD Cell Test (Hg free)* 109772 10 – 150 mg/l COD 138 COD Cell Test (Hg free)* 109773 100 – 1500 mg/l COD 220 COD Cell Test for seawater* 117058 5.0 mg/l COD 221 COD Cell Test for seawater* 117059 50 – 3000 mg/l COD 015 CO445 0.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Available photometric test kits Method No.005 – 5.0 m-1 Measurement at 525 nm CO620 0.0 – 50.010 – 5.025 – 0.2 – 50.00 mg/l Fe (Fe(II) and Fe(III)) 0.05 – 8.500 mg/l CN 2 – 160 mg/l CYA 0.015 – 6. chromate determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.005 – 2.0 mg/l F 0.00 mg/l H2O2 0.00 mg/l F 0.10 – 5. chromium(III) determination Chromosulfuric acid oxidation.10 – 5.25 – 5.0 mg/l H2O2 0.0 0.00 mg/l Mn 0.00 mg/l HCHO 0.0 – 20.0020 – 0.0 mg/l Mg 0.10 – 1.00 mg/l Fe 1.02 – 8. 00 mg/l C6H5OH 0.0 – 90.6-Dimethylphenol Resorcine Resorcine Benzoic acid derivative Griess reaction Iron(II) ethylenediammonium sulfate Griess reaction Peroxodisulfate oxidation.0 mg/l NO3-N 1. turbidimetric Phthalein purple Silicomolybdenum blue Silicomolybdenum blue Molybdatosilicate Molybdatosilicate Silicomolybdenum blue Eosine / 1.0 mg/l NO3-N 0.05 – 1.0 mg/l NO3-N 0.00 mg/l Mo 0.0 mg/l PO4-P 0. phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Vanadatomolybdate Vanadatomolybdate o-Phenylendiamine Kalignost.0 mg/l NO3-N 23 – 225 mg/l NO3-N 0.025 – 1.5 – 25.50 mg/l S Bariumsulfate.0 mg/l PO4-P 0.020 – 1.010 – 5.500 mg/l DEHA 0.02 – 1.25 mg/l Pd 6. turbidimetric Bariumsulfate.25 mg/l Pt 5.002 – 1.0 mg/l PO4-P 3.0 – 50.6-Dimethylphenol 2.010 – 4.5 – 15.00 mg/l Mn 0.010 – 10.70 mg/l SiO2 0.00 mg/l Mn 0.2 – 17.0005 – 0.0 – 100.5 – 18.0 mg/l NO3-N 0.0 mg/l PO4-P 0.00 mg/l Ni 2.0 mg/l N 0.0 – 120 g/l Ni 0.0 mg/l K 30 – 300 mg/l K 0.50 mg/l Phenole 0.10 – 2.5 – 25.00 mg/l PO4-P 0.5 – 45.6-Dimethylphenol Nitrospectral 2.00 mg/l NO3-N 0.50 – 5.0 – 50.010 – 0.10 – 3.5 – 15.5 – 25.0 mg/l NO3-N 0.0 mg/l PO4-P 3. turbidimetric Bariumsulfate.0 mg/l P 100616 100673 100673 3.00 mg/l O3 0.0 – 100.5 – 25. nitrospectral Peroxodisulfate oxidation.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Available photometric test kits Method No.2 – 20.00 mg/l PO4-P 0.0 – 100.3 – 30.000 mg/l Hg 0.0 mg/l N Nitrogen (total) Cell Test 114763 10 – 150 mg/l N Oxygen Cell Test* Oxygen Scavengers Test Ozone Test* Palladium in water and wastewater pH Cell Test Phenol Cell Test* Phenol Test* Phenol Test* Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (total phosphorus) Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (total phosphorus) Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (total phosphorus) Phosphate Test Phosphate Test Phosphate Cell Test* Phosphate Test* Platinium in water and wastewater Potassium Cell Test Potassium Cell Test Residual Hardness Cell Test* Silicate (Silicic acid) Test Silicate (Silicic acid) Test Silicate (Silicic acid) Test* Silicate (Silicic acid) Test* Silicate (Silicic acid) Test Silver Test* Sodium Cell Test in nutrient solutions* Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Test* Sulfate Test Sulfate Test Sulfide Test* 114694 119251 100607 Application 101744 114551 100856 100856 100474 114543 114543 0.700 mg/l NO2-N 1. phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Peroxodisulfate oxidation.6-dimethylphenol Peroxodisulfate oxidation.05 – 5.6-Dimethylphenol 2.0 mg/l O2 0.600 mg/l SiO2 1.0 mg/l NO2-N 0.00 mg/l Ni 0.10 – 6.00 mg/l P 100475 114729 114729 0.005 – 2.011 – 1.0 mg/l PO4-P 0.0 mg/l NO3-N 0. phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Peroxodisulfate oxidation. turbidimetric Dimethyl-p-phenylendiamine * turbidity correction possible ** individual calibration necessary Release 06/2014 .0 mg/l SO4 5 – 300 mg/l SO4 0. by extraction Phosphomolybdenum blue Phosphomolybdenum blue Peroxodisulfate oxidation.0 mg/l SO4 5 – 250 mg/l SO4 50 – 500 mg/l SO4 100 – 1000 mg/l SO4 25 – 300 mg/l SO4 0.10 – 1.50 – 50.10-phenanthroline indirectly as chloride 102532 114548 100617 114564 114791 101812 102537 114779 1.002 – 0.05 – 5. turbidimetric Tannin Bariumsulfate.00 mg/l Ag 10 – 300 mg/l Na Formaldoxime PAN Michler’s ketone Bromopyrogallol red Mercaptoacetic acid Indophenol blue Dimethylglyoxime Dimethylglyoxime Inherent color Nitrospectral 2.02 – 5.05 – 5.0 – 100.0 mg/l PO4-P 0. turbidimetric Bariumsulfate.0 mg/l P 114848 100798 114546 114842 Application 114562 100615 114683 114794 114794 100857 100857 101813 114831 100885 0.025 – 5.8 0.00 mg/l Cl2 0.00 mg/l NO2-N 0.25 – 3.00 mg/l Ca 0.200 mg/l C6H5OH 0.4 – 8.1 – 107. Determination 019 226 135 175 206 185 017 018 057 059 030 107 151 060 139 072 140 227 035 197 036 068 153 Manganese Test* Manganese Test* Mercury in water and wastewater Molybdenum Cell Test Molybdenum Test Monochloramine Test Nickel Cell Test* Nickel Test* Nickel Baths Nitrate Cell Test* Nitrate Cell Test* Nitrate Cell Test* Nitrate Cell Test* Nitrate Test* Nitrate Test* Nitrate Cell Test in seawater* Nitrate Test in seawater* Nitrate Test Nitrite Cell Test* Nitrite Cell Test* Nitrite Test* Nitrogen (total) Cell Test Nitrogen (total) Cell Test* 114770 101846 Application 100860 119252 101632 114554 114785 108 092 207 148 133 186 073 176 177 212 055 055 213 086 086 152 214 214 056 162 069 070 134 103 150 098 079 081 169 171 225 047 168 229 064 154 082 065 224 230 080 Total Range Method 114542 114563 114764 100614 114773 109713 114556 114942 101842 114547 100609 114776 114537 100613 0. turbidimetric Kalignost.5000 mg/l SiO2 0.020 – 0.5 – 25.050 – 10. 2.11 – 10.0 – 50.5 – 30.6-dimethylphenol Modification of Winkler method FerroZine® S-DPD Thio-Michler’s ketone Phenol red MBTH Aminoantipyrine Aminoantipyrine.5 – 12. turbidimetric Bariumsulfate. 2.0 mg/l SiO2 11 – 1070 mg/l SiO2 0.0 mg/l Mo 0.00 mg/l PO4-P 1.10 – 25. 05 – 2.0 mg/l SO3 0.0 – 80.0 mg/l SO3 0.00 mg/l MBAS (methylene blue active substances) Methylene blue (methylene blue active substances) 192 193 182 100 172 173 178 077 191 222 223 174 074 041 Surfactants (cationic) Cell Test* 101764 Surfactants (nonionic) Cell Test* 101787 Suspended Solids Tin Cell Test* 114622 TOC Cell Test 114878 TOC Cell Test 114879 Total Hardness Cell Test* 100961 Water hardness see Total Hardness or Residual Hardness Turbidity Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test* 101763 Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test* 101749 Volatile Organic Acids Test* 101809 Zinc Cell Test 100861 Zinc Cell Test 114566 Zinc Test* 114832 0.00 mg/l Zn 0.000 mg/l Zn 0.50 mg/l k-Ten 0.20 – 5.0 mg/l TOC 50 – 800 mg/l TOC 5 – 215 mg/l Ca Disulfine blue TBPE 1 – 100 FAU 50 – 3000 mg/l HOAc 50 – 3000 mg/l CH3COOH 50 – 3000 mg/l CH3COOH 0. Determination 071 127 187 087 Sulfite Cell Test* Sulfite Cell Test sensitive* Sulfite Test* Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test 231 Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test Total Range Method 114394 114394 101746 114697 1.00 mg/l SO3 1.50 mg/l Sn 5.50 mg/l Zn Measurement at 550 nm Esterification Esterification Esterification PAR PAR Cl-PAN Pyrocatechol violet Peroxodisulfate oxidation.0 – 20.05 – 2.05 – 1.025 – 1.0 – 60.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Available photometric test kits Method No.10 – 2.05 – 2.00 mg/l MBAS Ellman’s reagent Ellman’s reagent Ellman’s reagent Methylene blue 102552 0.10 – 7.05 – 3. indicator Peroxodisulfate oxidation. indicator Phthalein purple * turbidity correction possible ** individual calibration necessary Release 06/2014 .50 mg/l n-Ten 25 – 750 mg/l SusS 0. measurement device.Acid Capacity to pH 4.50 ml of AC-2 with pipette. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Place the cell into the cell compartment.1 mol/l. close the cell with the screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) a sodium hydroxide solution 0.0 ml of AC-1 into a round cell.No. Cat. Add 0. 109141. and mix. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and mix. Release 06/2014 .40 – 20 Pipette 4.0 ml of the sample with pipette. 101758 Cell Test 8.00 mmol/l – 400 mg/l CaCO3 Add 1. can be used after diluting accordingly (see section “Standard solutions”).3 (Total Alkalinity) Measuring range: 0. close the cell with the screw cap. and handling) ready-for-use aluminium standard solution Certipur®.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. concentration 1000 mg/l Al can be used after diluting accordingly.No. measurement device.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . If required. substance. Check the pH of the sample. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. and mix. Add 0. Shake the cell vigorousAdd 1 level blue ly to dissolve the solid microspoon of Al-1K.02 – 0. close with the screw cap. and mix.50 mg/l Al range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 119770. specified range: pH 3 – 10. close with the screw cap.25 ml of Al-2K with pipette. Release 06/2014 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat.Aluminium 100594 Cell Test Measuring 0. Pipette 6. close with the screw cap. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 05 – 0. Release 06/2014 .2 ml of Al-2 with pipette and mix. 114692.114825 Aluminium Test Measuring range: 0.No. can be used.20 mg/l Al 10-mm cell 0.10 – 1. If required.No. concentration 1000 mg/l Al. Ready-for-use aluminium standard solution Certipur®.No. Check the pH of the sample. Alternatively. 119770. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. Cat. Add 1 level blue microspoon of Al-1 to the test tube and dissolve the solid substance.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Add 1. the semi-microcell. To check the measurement system (test reagents.200 mg/l Al 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat.020 – 0.60 mg/l Al 20-mm cell 0. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. specified range: pH 3 – 10.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.25 ml of Al-3 with pipette and mix. AutoSelector. Pipette 5. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended. 173502. measurement device. Add 0.g. Cat. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50. 114695.No.No. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Cat. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended.58 mg/l NH4 0. Add 1 dose of NH4-1K using the blue dosemetering cap. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.114739 Ammonium Cell Test Measuring 0. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check).No. CRM. measurement device. 125022 and 125023. Check the pH of the sample. Release 06/2014 . To check the measurement system (test reagents. specified range: pH 4 – 13. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.g. Cat.43 mg/l NH3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.01 – 2. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and mix.01 – 2.000 mg/l NH4-N range: 0. 119812. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Pipette 5. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. Cat. close the cell with the screw cap. concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.010 – 2. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.000 mg/l NH3-N 0.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell close with the screw cap.010 – 2. If required. 24 – 9.No.00 mg/l NH4-N range: 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. CRM. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell close with the screw cap. 114676.20 – 8.26 – 10.30 mg/l NH4 0. 125023. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.g. 119812.73 mg/l NH3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Add 1 dose of NH4-1K using the blue dosemetering cap. Release 06/2014 . measurement device.No.00 mg/l NH3-N 0. Pipette 1. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. close the cell with the screw cap. specified range: pH 4 – 13 If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. 125022.114558 Ammonium Cell Test Measuring 0. To check the measurement system (test reagents. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Cat. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. Check the pH of the sample. Cat. Cat. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. 125024.20 – 8. and mix. and 125025. 0 mg/l NH3-N 0. specified range: pH 4 – 13. 114675.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. and 125026. 119812. Check the pH of the sample.6 – 19. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20. CRM. and mix. measurement device. close the cell with the screw cap. Pipette 0. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.6 mg/l NH4 0. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Release 06/2014 .No.114544 Ammonium Cell Test Measuring 0.0 mg/l NH4-N range: 0. Cat. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended.6 – 20. can also be used after diluting accordingly. 125023. 125025.50 ml of the sample into a reaction cell close with the screw cap. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.5 – 16. If required. Cat. Cat.g. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.5 mg/l NH3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. 125024. concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.5 – 16. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Add 1 dose of NH4-1K using the blue dosemetering cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Release 06/2014 . Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.0 mg/l NH4-N range: 5. specified range: pH 4 – 13.0 mg/l NH3-N 4. 119812. concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.g. Cat. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and 125027. Cat. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.0 mg/l NH4 4.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No.2 – 103. 114689.114559 Ammonium Cell Test Measuring 4.No.9 – 97. Pipette 0. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. close the cell with the screw cap. To check the measurement system (test reagents. If required. 125025. Add 1 dose of NH4-1K using the blue dosemetering cap. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 70.3 mg/l NH3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. measurement device.0 – 80. Check the pH of the sample. in CombiCheck 70) is highly recommended. CRM. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. 125026.10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell close with the screw cap.0 – 80. and mix. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). 03 – 1. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. 119812.013 – 0. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. the semi-microcell. can be used.No. Cat. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended. Alternatively. Reaction time: 5 minutes Add 4 drops of NH4-3 and mix. and 125024.06 – 3. 173502.010 – 0.06 – 3. Cat. 114695. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. To measure in the 50-mm cell.No. can also be used after diluting accordingly.g. Add 0.500 mg/l NH4-N 0.03 – 1.93 mg/l NH4 20-mm cell 0.No.No. 125022.65 mg/l NH3 10-mm cell 0. Pipette 5.60 ml of NH4-1 with pipette and mix.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.114752 Ammonium Test Measuring 0. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. To check the measurement system (test reagents.05 – 3. Place the cell into the cell compartment.00 mg/l NH3-N 0. AutoSelector. . Cat. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. Release 06/2014 .86 mg/l NH4 10-mm cell range: 0. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.04 – 1. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50. measurement device.644 mg/l NH4 50-mm cell 0. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check).50 mg/l NH3-N 0.010 – 0. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. Add 1 level blue microspoon of NH4-2. 125023.016 – 0. concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.05 – 3. If required.50 mg/l NH4-N 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. CRM.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. specified range: pH 4 – 13.82 mg/l NH3 20-mm cell 0.500 mg/l NH3-N 0.04 – 1.00 mg/l NH4-N 0.608 mg/l NH3 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 0 – 75. starting from the addition of NH4-2 (Fig. Release 06/2014 .100683 Ammonium Test Measuring range: 2. 125025.10 ml of the sample with pipette. sample with pipette.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Continue as mentioned above. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.No. can also be used after diluting accordingly. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). concentration 1000 mg/l NH4+.0 ml of NH4-1 into a test tube. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 70. 119812. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 5.No. Important: Very high ammonium concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. Cat. CRM. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Ready-for-use ammonium standard solution Certipur®. Add 0.0 mg/l NH3-N 2.4 – 91. If required.0 mg/l NH4-N 2.0 mg/l NH4-N Check the pH of the sample. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 2.6 – 96. . Pipette 5. and 125027. specified range: pH 4 – 13. specified range: pH 4 – 13.2 mg/l NH3 10-mm cell 5 – 150 mg/l NH4-N 6 – 193 mg/l NH4 10-mm cell 5 – 150 mg/l NH3-N 6 – 182 mg/l NH3 10-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Place the cell into the cell compartment.0 – 75. 125026. Measuring range: 2.0 mg/l NH4-N. Measuring range: 5 – 150 mg/l NH4-N Check the pH of the sample.0 – 75. in CombiCheck 70) is highly recommended. 114689. measurement device. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 5 – 150 mg/l NH4-N.0 ml of NH4-1 into a test tube. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Add 0. Cat. 4).0 – 75. If required.20 ml of the Reaction time: 15 minutes Transfer the solution into a cell. Cat.6 mg/l NH4 10-mm cell 2.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 1 level blue microspoon of NH4-2. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.g. close the cell with the screw cap. Select method no.Antimony in water and wastewater Measuring range: 0. Reaction time: 3 minutes Add 2 drops of reagent 2.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close the cell with the screw cap. Add 2 drops of reagent 3.0 ml phosphoric acid 85 % GR (Cat.0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. 1. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. close the cell with the screw cap.5 g of alu.0 ml toluene GR (Cat. Cat.No. Leave to stand to allow phases to separate. Add 1. and mix. 130.Shake the cell vigorousminium chloride hexa.No. and mix.No. Aspirate the clear upper Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the phase from the tube with a rectangular cell. This application can be downloaded directly at www.analytical-test-kits. 101084). pipette. which also includes further information on the method employed. 108325) with pipette. 100573) with pipette. hydrate extra pure (Cat. Add 2 drops of reagent 1. 114724). Reaction time: 2 minutes Note: Important: Empty cells with screw caps.No. close the cell with the screw cap. close the cell with the screw cap.10 – 8. and mix. Release 06/2014 .com. Add 5. Add approx. cell compartment. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample. and 3 used are given in the corresponding application. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. Cat. The exact composition and preparation of the reagents 1. and mix. Shake the cell vigorously for 30 seconds.00 mg/l Sb Application 10-mm cell Pipette 4. 2. close the cell with the screw cap.ly to dissolve the solid substance. Remove the stopper on the top end and fill the column to the brim with AOX-3. Sample enrichment: Check the pH of the sample. If required. Apply 3 separate 1-ml portions of AOX-3. Fill 100 ml of the sample Remove the stopper and 6 drops of AOX-4 from the column outlet into the reservoir. Run 3 separate 1-ml portions of AOX-2 through the column. . Release 06/2014 . Detach the column from the reservoir. and run the sample through completely.AOX 100675 Adsorbable Organic Halogens (x) Cell Test Measuring range: 0.05 – 2. Fill 1 level blue microspoon of AOX-1 into the column using the glass funnel. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Discard the wash solution. Discard the wash solution. Close the top end of the column with the stopper and swirl to eliminate air bubbles. Attach the glass reservoir to the prepared column (closed at the bottom end). Run 3 separate 1-ml portions of AOX-3 through the column. Discard the wash solution. Apply to the column 1 ml of AOX-3.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Close the bottom end of the column with the stopper. specified range: pH 6 – 7.50 mg/l AOX Preparation of the adsorption column: Place the column in an empty cell. close the cell and mix. and handling) Spectroquant ® AOX Standard. using the connector. close the cell with the screw cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Place the cell into the cell compartment. clear supernatant: pretreated sample. Cat. Release 06/2014 . Determination: Pipette 0.AOX 100675 Adsorbable Organic Halogens (x) Cell Test Digestion: Fill the 10-ml syringe with Add 2 level green 10 ml of reagent AOX-5 microspoons of AOX-6.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . concentration 0. and mix. and mix. Add 5 drops of AOX-4. and mix. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Add 7. measurement device. and attach the syringe close the cell with the with the column outlet screw cap.0 ml of pretreated Reaction time: 15 minutes sample with glass pipette. 100680.No. Place the top end of the column on an empty cell and rinse the charcoal filling of the column into an empty 16-mm cell. Heat the cell at 120 °C in the thermoreactor for 30 minutes.20 ml of AOX-1K into a reaction cell.2 – 2.0 mg/l can be used. Cat. Release 06/2014 . into a corresponding cell.101747 Arsenic Test Measuring range: 0.020 mg/l As 20-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Add 5 drops of As-1 and mix. During this time carefully swirl the flask several times or stir slowly with a magnetic stirrer.No.100 mg/l As 10-mm cell 0. Transfer the solution Select method with from the absorption tube AutoSelector. measurement device.001 – 0. Immediately attach the absorption tube to the Erlenmeyer flask. Add 20 ml of As-2 with pipette and mix. Add 1. Add 1 level green dosing spoon of As-3 and dissolve.0 ml of As-4 with pipette and mix. Add 1.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 119773.005 – 0. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Pipette 5. Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of As-5 into the absorption tube. Leave to stand for 2 hours.0 ml of As-6 with pipette to the solution in the Erlenmeyer flask and mix. Place 350 ml of the sample into an Erlenmeyer flask with ground joint. and handling) ready-for-use arsenic standard solution Certipur®. Place the cell into the cell compartment. concentration 1000 mg/l As can be used after diluting accordingly. Add 3 level red dosing spoons of As-7. specified range: pH 0 – 13. measurement device. Fill the solution into a round cell. Cat. Close bubble-free with the slanted ground-glass stoppers. Incubate one bottle of pretreated sample and one of inoculated nutrient-salt solution closed in a thermostatic incubation cabinet at 20 + 1°C for 5 days. Determination: Measurement of final oxygen concentration = Result 2 (measurement sample) = Result 2 (blank) After incubation. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Close bubble-free with the slanted ground-glass stoppers. and mix. If required. and mix for approx.5 – 3000 mg/l O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. . 10 seconds. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. reclose. close bubblefree. Release 06/2014 . Calculation: BOD of measurement sample: Result 1 – Result 2 (measurement sample) = A in mg/l BOD of blank: Result 1 – Result 2 (blank) = B in mg/l BOD of original sample in mg/l = A • dilution factor – B Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) Spectroquant BOD Standard (acc. Add 10 drops of BOD-3K.BOD 100687 Biochemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 0. to EN 1899). 100718. specified range: pH 6 – 8. Fill 2 oxygen reaction bottles each with inoculated nutrient-salt solution and 2 glass beads to overflowing. can be used. Fill 2 oxygen reaction bottles each with pretreated sample and 2 glass beads to overflowing. Add 5 drops of BOD-1K Reaction time: and then 10 drops of 1 minute BOD-2K.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. use one bottle of pretreated sample and one of inoculated nutrientsalt solution for the measurement of the final oxygen concentration. Use one bottle of pretreated sample and one of inoculated nutrient-salt solution for the measurement of the initial oxygen concentration.No. Preparation and incubation: Measurement of inital oxygen concentration = Result 1 (measurement sample) = Result 1 (blank) Check the pH of the sample. Check the pH of the sample.00 mg/l B range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.100826 Boron Cell Test Measuring 0. close with the screw cap. Pipette 1. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.0 ml of the sample with pipette into a reaction cell. Release 06/2014 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and mix. close the cell with the screw cap. If required. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 ml of B-1K into a reaction cell. measurement device. 119500. Add 4. and handling) ready-for-use boron standard solution Certipur®. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Cat.05 – 2. specified range: pH 2 – 12.No. concentration 1000 mg/l B can also be used after diluting accordingly.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Reaction time: 60 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. 0 ml of B-1 with pipette.No. close with the screw cap. Add 4 drops of B-4. Add 15 drops of B-5. and mix. specified range: pH 1 – 13.800 mg/l B 10-mm cell range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 ml of the sample into a test tube with screw cap. measurement device. Shake the tube vigorously for 1 minute. Pipette 5. close with the screw cap. Cat. Release 06/2014 . Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. Add 1. Reaction time: 12 minutes Add 6.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .114839 Boron Test Measuring 0. (Important: Do not use test tubes made of glass containing boron!) Add 1. and mix.050 – 0. Aspirate 0.5 ml of B-2 with pipette and close with the screw cap. close with the screw cap. and handling) ready-for-use boron standard solution Certipur®. Transfer the extract to a separate fresh tube. concentration 1000 mg/l B can also be used after diluting accordingly. 119500.80 ml of B-3 with pipette. Add 0.5 ml of the clear lower phase from the tube with pipette. and mix. Check the pH of the sample. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into a cell.0 ml of B-6 with pipette. and mix. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. and mix. Select method with AutoSelector. close with the screw cap. 116754. Add 0. Cat. Evaporate 200 ml of sample solution in a glass beaker almost to dryness on the hob. Release 06/2014 . Cat.20 ml perchloric acid 70 . 1195. Transfer the solution into a cell. No. prepared from distilled water (Water for analysis EMSURE®. is recommended) and mix thoroughly: pretreated sample. water (Water for analysis EMSURE®. 20 ml Filter turbid samples.No. is recommended).Application Bromate in water and drinking water Measuring range: 0.120 mg/l BrO3 50-mm cell Attention! The measurement is carried out at 550 nm in a 50-mm rectangular cell against a blank.No. Add 0. Important: The exact composition and preparation of the reagents 1 and 2 used are given in the corresponding application.10 ml of reagent 1 with pipette and mix.72 % GR (Cat. 100519) with pipette and mix. is recommended) and the reagents in an analogous manner. Add 0. 116754. Reaction time: 30 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. This application can be downloaded directly at www. Transfer the residue to a 20-ml volumetric glass using a little distilled water (Water for analysis EMSURE®. Select method No.20 ml of reagent 2 with pipette and mix.No. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 116754. Make up the contents of Pipette 10 ml of the prethe volumetric flask to treated sample into a the mark with distilled test tube. which also includes further information on the method employed.com.analytical-test-kits.003 – 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.00 mg/l Br2 20-mm cell 0. To check the measurement system (test reagents.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment.05 – 5. If required. Release 06/2014 . AutoSelector. Important: Quality assurance: Very high bromine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). Add 1 level blue microspoon of Br2-1.00 mg/l Br2 10-mm cell range: 0.10 – 10. specified range: pH 4 – 8.020 – 2. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.000 mg/l Br2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.100605 Bromine Test Measuring 0. measurement device. Check the pH of the sample. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended.025 – 1. If required. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30. concentration 1000 mg/l Cd. and thermoreactor is necessary. close the cell with the screw cap.g. Check the pH of the sample.No. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. and mix. close with the screw cap. measurement device. Cat. Reaction time: 2 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. specified range: pH 3 – 11.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .114834 Cadmium Cell Test Measuring 0. Cat. 119777. Release 06/2014 . Cat. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. 114688 or Crack Set 10. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total cadmium a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. Add 1 level green microspoon of Cd-2K.No.20 ml of Cd-1K with pipette. Cat. Add 0. 114677. To check the measurement system (test reagents. close the cell with the screw cap.No. Result can be expressed as sum of cadmium ( Cd).No.000 mg/l Cd range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and mix. Ready-for-use cadmium standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 5. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 114687. can also be used after diluting accordingly. 0020– 0.0 ml of Cd-1 into a test tube.No. Pipette 1. can be used after diluting accordingly. pipette and mix. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat.500 mg/l Cd 10-mm cell range: 0. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. 114687. Result can be expressed as sum of cadmium ( Cd). 119777. and handling) ready-for-use cadmium standard solution Certipur®. specified range: pH 3 – 11. 114688 or Crack Set 10. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total cadmium a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C.250 mg/l Cd 20-mm cell 0.20 ml of Cd-2 with Add 1 level green with pipette and mix.010 – 0.No.1000 mg/l Cd 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. AutoSelector. Cat.005 – 0. concentration 1000 mg/l Cd. To check the measurement system (test reagents.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. Release 06/2014 . Add 10 ml of the sample Add 0.101745 Cadmium Test Measuring 0. measurement device. and thermoreactor is necessary. microspoon of Cd-3 and dissolve the solid substance. close the cell with the screw cap.0 ml of Ca-1K with pipette. close with the screw cap.100858 Calcium Cell Test Measuring range: 10 – 250 mg/l Ca 14 – 350 mg/l CaO 25 – 624 mg/l CaCO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and mix. and mix. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Reaction time: exactly 3 minutes Add 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment. measurement device. Pipette 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 3 – 9. Release 06/2014 . and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”).50 ml of Ca-2K with pipette. Add 1. and mix. Check the pH of the sample. If required. close the cell with the screw cap. Cat.5 – 37. 119778. can be used after diluting accordingly.0 mg/l Ca. Measuring range: 1.0 mg/l Ca 14 – 224 mg/l CaO 25 – 400 mg/l CaCO3 10-mm cell 7 – 112 mg/l CaO 12 – 200 mg/l CaCO3 20-mm cell 2. Add 5. and handling) ready-for-use calcium standard solution Certipur®.0 mg/l Ca Check the pH of the sample. measurement device. 3). Pipette 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.10 ml of the sample into a test tube.0 – 15. Continue as mentioned above.114815 Calcium Test Measuring range: 10 – 160 mg/l Ca 5 – 80 mg/l Ca 1. If required. Add 4 drops of Ca-2 and mix. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 ml of Ca-1 with pipette and mix. concentration 1000 mg/l Ca. Place the cell into the cell compartment.4 – 21. specified range: pH 4 – 10. starting from the addition of Ca-1 (Fig.0 – 15. Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 5 . Pipette 0. Add 4 drops of Ca-3 and mix.50 ml of the sample into a test tube.No.5 mg/l CaCO3 10-mm cell 1.160 mg/l Ca. Measuring range: 5 – 160 mg/l Ca Check the pH of the sample.0 mg/l CaO Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Release 06/2014 . Measure in a 10-mm cell and select method with AutoSelector measuring range 1. measure immediately. Reaction time: 8 minutes. specified range: pH 4 – 10. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 – 15. Ready-for-use chloride standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 0. concentration 1000 mg/l Cl –. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. If required.g. Release 06/2014 .50 ml of Add 1. close with Cl-1K into a reaction cell. and mix. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended. Cat. and mix.114730 Chloride Cell Test Measuring 5 –125 mg/l Cl range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. 114676 and 114675.No. 119897.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . can also be used after diluting accordingly. cap. specified range: pH 1 – 12. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10 and 20. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of the sample with pipette. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. measurement device. close with the screw the screw cap.Nos. g. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 10 – 250 mg/l Cl.5 – 25. Add 0. Pipette 1. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 2.0 mg/l Cl. Add 2. Cat.0 mg/l Cl Check the pH of the sample. Release 06/2014 . can also be used after diluting accordingly.No. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 1 – 12. measurement device. Measuring range: 10 – 250 mg/l Cl Check the pH of the sample. in CombiCheck 60) is highly recommended. 119897.5 – 25.5 – 25. Pipette 5.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 60. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Ready-for-use chloride standard solution Certipur®.114897 Chloride Test Measuring 10 – 250 mg/l Cl 10-mm cell range: 2. 114696. concentration 1000 mg/l Cl –.No. Place the cell into the cell compartment. If required.0 mg/l Cl 10-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 3). Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. starting from the addition of Cl-1 (Fig. specified range: pH 1 – 12. Reaction time: 1 minute Measuring range: 2.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Continue as mentioned above.50 ml of Cl-2 with pipette and mix.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. If required. Transfer the solution into a cell. Cat.5 ml of Cl-1 with pipette and mix. measurement device. If required. and mix. can be used after diluting accordingly. Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.No. Release 06/2014 .Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Check the pH of the sample. specified range: pH 3 – 11. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. and handling) ready-for-use chloride standard solution Certipur®. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 mg/l Cl range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.101804 Chloride Cell Test Measuring 0. close with the screw cap. Cat. 119897. and mix. Add 0.25 ml of Cl-1K with pipette.5 –15. concentration 1000 mg/l Cl-. close with the screw cap. the cell compartment.No. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and handling) ready-for-use chloride standard solution Certipur®.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . concentration 1000 mg/l Cl-.No. Add to each tube 0. measurement device.20 ml each of Cl-1 into two test tubes.20 ml Transfer both solutions of Cl-2 with pipette and into two separate mix. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. 116754. Configure the photometer Place the blank cell into for blank-measurement. (Blank cell) Select method with AutoSelector. 50-mm cell Pipette 0. Add to one tube 10 ml of Add to the second tube Reaction time: the sample with pipette 10 ml of of distilled water 10 minutes (Water for analysis and mix.00 mg/l Cl range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. 119897. Cat. 50-mm-cells.10 – 5.101807 Chloride Test Measuring 0. If required. can be used after diluting accordingly. Check the pH of the sample. is recommended) with pipette and mix. Release 06/2014 . specified range: pH 3 – 11. EMSURE®. Release 06/2014 . measurement device. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”).00 mg/l Cl2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). If required. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 4 – 8. spoon of Cl2-1. Pipette 5. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. To check the measurement system (test reagents. close with the screw cap.03– 6.0 ml of the Add 1 level blue microsample into a round cell. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Check the pH of the sample.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .Chlorine 100595 Determination of free chlorine Cell Test Measuring 0. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. specified range: pH 4 – 8.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .00 mg/l Cl2 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in free Cl2 [Cl2 (f)]. remove the cell. After pressing enter. To check the measurement system (test reagents. close with the screw cap. Place the cell into the cell compartment. mix. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. Determination of free chlorine Check the pH of the sample. and total Cl2 [Cl2 (t)]. and mix after dissolving solid. combined Cl2 [Cl2 (b)]. the individual measuring values for free and combined chlorine are shown on the display. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. spoon of Cl2-1.0 ml of the Add 1 level blue microsample into a round cell. press enter.Measuring range: Chlorine 100597 Determination of free chlorine and total chlorine Cell Test 0. add 2 drops of Cl2-2.03– 6. close the cell with the screw cap. add 2 drops of Cl2-2. A differentiation between free and combined chlorine [Cl2(f) and Cl2(b)] can be performed on the photometer. If required. Prior to measuring. Pipette 5. Then measure the free chlorine. Release 06/2014 . Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. After each determination of total chlorine rinse the cell with sulfuric acid 25 % and subsequently several times with distilled water. Reaction time: 1 minute Determination of total chlorine Same preparation as described above. close with the screw cap. measurement device. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and measure the total chlorine. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). Release 06/2014 . Add 1 level blue microspoon of Cl2-1.00 mg/l Cl2 10-mm cell range: 0.010 – 1.Chlorine 100598 Determination of free chlorine Test Measuring 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Check the pH of the sample.02 – 3. If required.000 mg/l Cl2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . measurement device. To check the measurement system (test reagents. AutoSelector. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube.00 mg/l Cl2 20-mm cell 0. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.05 – 6. specified range: pH 4 – 8. 010 – 1. Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Add 1 level blue microspoon of Cl2-1. and handling) a freshly prepared standard from Chloramine T GR can be used (see section “Standard solutions”).00 mg/l Cl2 10-mm cell range: 0. Release 06/2014 .02 – 3.Chlorine 100602 Determination of total chlorine Test Measuring 0. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. AutoSelector.05 – 6. Add 2 drops of Cl2-2 and mix. Check the pH of the sample. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. Place the cell into the cell compartment.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . If required. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. To check the measurement system (test reagents. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. measurement device.00 mg/l Cl2 20-mm cell 0.000 mg/l Cl2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. specified range: pH 4 – 8. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). After each determination of total chlorine rinse the cell with sulfuric acid 25 % and subsequently several times with distilled water. Determination of free chlorine Check the pH of the sample. After pressing enter. the individual measuring values for free and combined chlorine are shown on the display. add 2 drops of Cl2-2 and mix after dissolving solid. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check).00 mg/l Cl2 10-mm cell range: 0. AutoSelector. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.010 – 1. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. To check the measurement system (test reagents. If required. After each determination of total chlorine rinse the cell with sulfuric acid 25 % and subsequently several times with distilled water. combined Cl2 [Cl2 (b)]. measurement device.000 mg/l Cl2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in free Cl2 [Cl2 (f)].02 – 3. A differentiation between free and combined chlorine [Cl2(f) and Cl2(b)] can be performed on the photometer. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. Then measure the free chlorine. Determination of total chlorine Same preparation as described above.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . Prior to measuring. and total Cl2 [Cl2 (t)]. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.05 – 6. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. press enter and measure the total chlorine. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). Add 1 level blue microspoon of Cl2-1. specified range: pH 4 – 8.00 mg/l Cl2 20-mm cell 0. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.Chlorine 100599 Determination of free chlorine and total chlorine Test Measuring 0. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. Add 3 drops of Cl2-2. If required. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. and mix after the end of the reaction time. To check the measurement system (test reagents. close with the screw cap. and measure the total chlorine. Prior to measuring. and mix. measurement device. and mix. and total Cl2 [Cl2 (t)]. add 2 drops of Cl2-3.00 mg/l Cl2 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in free Cl2 [Cl2 (f)]. Place 6 drops of Cl2-1 into a round cell.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. After each determination of total chlorine rinse the cell with sulfuric acid 25 % and subsequently several times with distilled water. remove the cell. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”).Measuring range: Chlorine (with liquid reagents) 100086/100087/ 100088 Determination of free chlorine and total chlorine Cell Test 0. press enter.03– 6. Reaction time: 1 minute Determination of total chlorine Same preparation as described above. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Release 06/2014 . After pressing enter. Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). mix. Then measure the free chlorine. combined Cl2 [Cl2 (b)]. add 2 drops of Cl2-3. the individual measuring values for free and combined chlorine are shown on the display. Add 10 ml of the sample with pipette. A differentiation between free and combined chlorine [Cl2(f) and Cl2(b)] can be performed on the photometer. close with the screw cap. specified range: pH 4 – 8. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. close with the screw cap. Determination of free chlorine Check the pH of the sample. AutoSelector. After each determination of total chlorine rinse the cell with sulfuric acid 25 % and subsequently several times with distilled water. Add 3 drops of Cl2-2. Add 10 ml of the sample with pipette. To check the measurement system (test reagents. add 2 drops of Cl2-3. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.Measuring range: Chlorine (with liquid reagents) 100086/100087/ 100088 Detemination of free chlorine and total chlorine Test 0. Determination of total chlorine Same preparation as described above. After pressing enter. Determination of free chlorine Check the pH of the sample.010– 1. and total Cl2 [Cl2 (t)].Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). and mix.000 mg/l Cl2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in free Cl2 [Cl2 (f)]. Place 6 drops of Cl2-1 into a test tube. combined Cl2 [Cl2 (b)]. press enter. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. Release 06/2014 . and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). remove the cell. A differentiation between free and combined chlorine [Cl2(f) and Cl2(b)] can be performed on the photometer. and mix. the individual measuring values for free and combined chlorine are shown on the display. Prior to measuring. and measure the total chlorine. Important: Quality assurance: Very high chlorine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. mix using the microspatula. Transfer the solution into Select method with a cell. Then measure the free chlorine. specified range: pH 4 – 8. measurement device. close with the screw cap. If required. add 2 drops of Cl2-3 and mix after the end of the reaction time. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. Place the cell into the cell compartment. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. AutoSelector.00 mg/l ClO2 20-mm cell 0. Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Release 06/2014 . measurement device.00 mg/l ClO2 10-mm cell range: 0. Check the pH of the sample.000 mg/l ClO2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.Chlorine Dioxide 100608 Test Measuring 0. Add 1 level blue microspoon of ClO2-2. Add 2 drops of ClO2-1 and mix. specified range: pH 4 – 8.020 – 2.10 – 10. If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .05 – 5. Reaction time: 2 minutes Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). 00 mg/l Cr range: 0.05 – 2. Check the pH of the sample. and handling) ready-for-use chromate standard solution Certipur®. and mix. specified range: pH 1 – 9. close the 1 minute cell with the screw cap. Add 6 drops of Cr-3K into a reaction cell. Release 06/2014 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance and leave to stand for 1 minute.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.11 – 4.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. can be used after diluting accordingly. If required. Cat.46 mg/l CrO 4 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. concentration 1000 mg/l CrO 42–. measurement device.0 ml of the sample Reaction time: with pipette. Add 5. 119780.Chromate 114552 Determination of chromium(VI) Cell Test Measuring 0. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 114724). and Cr(VI). add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat. metering cap. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 1 hour. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance and leave to stand for 1 minute. If required. Add 1 dose of Cr-2K close with the screw cap. press enter and measure the chromium(VI) (see analytical procedure for chromium(VI)). Then measure the total chromium. and handling) ready-for-use chromate standard solution Certipur®. the individual measuring values for Cr VI and Cr III are shown on the display.0 ml of the pretreated sample with pipette.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .00 mg/l Cr range: 0. After pressing enter. close the reaction cell with the screw cap. Add 1 drop of Cr-1K. using the blue doseand mix. can be used after diluting accordingly. specified range: pH 1 – 9.No.114552 Chromate Determination of total chromium Cell Test = sum of chromium(VI) and chromium(III) Measuring 0. Prior to measuring.No. Cr(III). measurement device. concentration 1000 mg/l CrO 42–. A differentiation between chromium(VI) and chromium(III) can be performed on the photometer. Reaction time: 1 minute Add 5. close with the screw cap. and mix. Cat. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Check the pH of the sample. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature: pretreated sample. Release 06/2014 . close the cell with the screw cap. 119780. Add 6 drops of Cr-3K into a reaction cell. Place the cell into the cell compartment.05 – 2.11 – 4.46 mg/l CrO4 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in Cr total ( Cr). Chromate 114758 Determination of chromium(VI) Test Measuring 0.05 – 3.00 mg/l Cr 0.11 – 6.69 mg/l CrO4 10-mm cell range: 0.03 – 1.50 mg/l Cr 0.07 – 3.35 mg/l CrO4 20-mm cell 0.010 – 0.600 mg/l Cr 0.02 – 1.34 mg/l CrO4 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 1 – 9. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Place 1 level grey microspoon of Cr-1 into a dry test tube. Add 6 drops of Cr-2. Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. AutoSelector. Shake the test tube vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Add 5.0 ml of the sample with pipette and mix. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total chromium = sum of chromium(VI) and chromium(III) a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C, Cat.No. 114688, or Crack Set 10, Cat.No. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) ready-for-use chromate standard solution Certipur®, Cat.No. 119780, concentration 1000 mg/l CrO 42–, can be used after diluting accordingly. Result can be expressed as sum of chromium ( Cr). To measure in the 50-mm cell, the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. Alternatively, the semi-microcell, Cat.No. 173502, can be used. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Chromium in electroplating baths Inherent color Measuring 20 – 400 g/l CrO3 10-mm cell range: 10 – 200 g/l CrO3 20-mm cell 4.0 – 80.0 g/l CrO3 50-mm cell Pipette 5.0 ml of the sample into a 100-ml volumetric flask, fill to the mark with distilled water and mix thoroughly. Pipette 4.0 ml of the dilute sample into a 100-ml volumetric flask, fill to the mark with distilled water and mix thoroughly. Pipette 5.0 ml of the 1: 500 dilute sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells, Cat. No. 114724). Place the cell into the cell compartment. Select method no. 20. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Add 5.0 ml of sulfuric acid 40 %, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Transfer the solution into a corresponding rectangular cell. COD 114560 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 4.0 – 40.0 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. Carefully pipette 3.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell, close tightly with the screw cap, and mix vigorously. Caution, the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50, Cat.No. 114695, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125028. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 COD 101796 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 5.0 – 80.0 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. Carefully pipette 2.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell, close tightly with the screw cap, and mix vigorously. Caution, the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50, Cat.No. 114695, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125028. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 COD 114540 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 10 –150 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. Carefully pipette 3.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell, close tightly with the screw cap, and mix vigorously. Caution, the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10, Cat.No. 114676, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125029. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 CRM. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 60. Cat. the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. 114696.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Caution. measurement device. Cat. 125029 and 125030. Carefully pipette 2.COD 114895 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 15 – 300 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.g.No. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Release 06/2014 . and mix vigorously. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.No. in CombiCheck 60) is highly recommended. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. close tightly with the screw cap. close tightly with the screw cap. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment.g.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 60. Cat. Carefully pipette 2. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 114696. 125029. and 125031. and mix vigorously. Cat. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . CRM. 125030.No. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Caution. measurement device. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. Release 06/2014 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.No. in CombiCheck 60) is highly recommended. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling.COD 114690 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 50 – 500 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and 125032. Carefully pipette 3. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended. close tightly with the screw cap. the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Caution.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 125031.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment.COD 114541 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 25 –1500 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. measurement device. Cat. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. Cat. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. CRM.No.g. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. and mix vigorously. 125030. 125029. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. 114675. Release 06/2014 . Cat.measurement device. Release 06/2014 . Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.No. in CombiCheck 80) is highly recommended. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Caution. CRM. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 80. close tightly with the screw cap. Carefully pipette 2. 125032. 125031.g.No. Cat. and mix vigorously. and 125033. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling.COD 114691 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 300 – 3500 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. 114738.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. close tightly with the screw cap. and 125034. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 70. 125033.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.No. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. and mix vigorously.g. in CombiCheck 70) is highly recommended. Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours.COD 114555 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 500 –10 000 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Carefully pipette 1. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 114689. 125032. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. CRM. the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. Cat. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Cat. measurement device. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Caution.No. Release 06/2014 . the cell becomes hot! Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. Suspend the bottom sediment in the cell by swirling. 125034 and 125035. Caution.No. Cat. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. and mix vigorously. Release 06/2014 .Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .COD 101797 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 5 000 –90 000 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool.148 °C for 2 hours. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Carefully pipette 0.10 ml Heat the reaction cell in of the sample into a the thermoreactor at reaction cell. ly with the screw cap. measurement device. close tight. CRM. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) we recommended to use the Standard solution for photometric applications. Release 06/2014 .COD (Hg-free) 109772 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 10 –150 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Carefully pipette 2. Caution. measurement device.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. close tightly with the screw cap. the cell becomes hot! Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours.No. and handling) we recommended to use the Standard solution for photometric applications. Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. 125028 and 125029. and mix vigorously. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. CRM. COD (Hg-free) 109773 Chemical Oxygen Demand Cell Test Measuring 100 –1500 mg/l COD or O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Carefully pipette 2. measurement device. Release 06/2014 . 125031. Caution. and mix vigorously. Very important! Place the cell into the cell compartment. 125029. and 125032. CRM. and handling) we recommended to use the Standard solution for photometric applications. close tightly with the screw cap. 125030. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.No. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. Cat. the cell becomes hot! Heat the reaction cell in the thermoreactor at 148 °C for 2 hours. Replace the cell in the rack for complete cooling to room temperature. No. Close the absorption tubes with the glass stoppers. 109136. wait a few seconds after adding each drop. is recommended) into a second 300-ml Erlenmeyer flask with NS 29/32.No. slowly add reagent Cl-3 dropwise to the sample while swirling until its color changes from yellow to blue-violet. No. 111132) according to the application (see the website): Specified value <2000 mg/l Cl-. Cat. Pipette with glass pipette 20 ml of distilled water (Water for chromatography LiChrosolv®. Carefully allow to run from the pipette 0.COD 117058 Chemical Oxygen Demand for seawater / high chloride contents Cell Test Measuring range: 5. and cool in the ice bath. 115333. Shortly before the color changes.0 ml of sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l. Cool both Erlenmeyer flasks to room temperature in the ice bath. Stir at 250 rpm for 2 h at room temperature: depleted sample / depleted blank Add slowly to each Erlenmeyer flask 25 ml of Sulfuric acid for the determination of COD (Cat. No. (Reagent Cl-2 is not required. Fill 6 . Result in mg/l chloride = number of drops x 250 Release 06/2014 . and attach to the top of the Erlenmeyer flasks. No. 106733) into two absorption tubes (Cat. The sample directly turns yellow in color.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Add 2 drops of reagent Cl-1 and swirl. into the test vessel of the MColortestTM Chloride Test. 117048) with glass pipette under cooling and stirring. to application . Cat. 115955). No. No. Cat.0 mg/l COD or O2 16-mm cell Tmax: 45 °C Chloride depletion: Pipette with glass pipette 20 ml of the sample into a 300-ml Erlenmeyer flask with NS 29/32.7 g each of Sodalime with indicator (Cat.5 ml of depleted sample down the inside of the tilted test vessel into the sodium hydroxide solution and mix (Wear eye protection! The test vessel becomes hot!).brief version): Fill 5.0–60.) Holding the reagent bottle vertically. 111132. Check the chloride content of the depleted sample using MColortestTM Chloride Test (Cat. Chloride determination (acc. Add to each a magnetic stirring rod. Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment.0 ml Heat both cells in the thermoreactor at 148 °C of the depleted blank for 2 hours. Cat. measurement device. the cell becomes hot! (Blank cell) Replace both cells in the Configure the photometer for blank-measurement. and mix vigorously. and mix vigorously.COD 117058 Chemical Oxygen Demand for seawater / high chloride contents Cell Test Determination: Suspend the bottom sed. the cell becomes hot! Swirl both cells after 10 minutes. 106404 (see section “Standard solutions”). Cat. rack for complete cooling to room temperature. into a second reaction cell. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. close tightly with the screw cap. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 102400 and Sodium chloride.No. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Carefully pipette 5. and handling) a COD/chloride standard solution must be prepared from Potassium hydrogen phthalate.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Remove both cells from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool. into a reaction cell.0 ml iment in two cells by of the depleted sample swirling. Caution. Release 06/2014 .No.Carefully pipette 5. close tightly with the screw cap. Caution. (Very important!) Place the blank cell into the cell compartment. Add to each a magnetic stirring rod.7 g each of Sodalime with indicator (Cat. Close the absorption tubes with the glass stoppers. 111132. Add 2 drops of reagent Cl-1 and swirl. Cat. No. Cool both Erlenmeyer flasks to room temperature in the ice bath. No. Stir at 250 rpm for 2 h at room temperature: depleted sample / depleted blank Add slowly to each Erlenmeyer flask 25 ml of Sulfuric acid for the determination of COD (Cat. No. and attach to the top of the Erlenmeyer flasks. Cat. Chloride determination (acc.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Check the chloride content of the depleted sample using the MColortestTM Chloride Test (Cat. Carefully allow to run from the pipette 0. the application instructions . Pipette with glass pipette 20 ml of distilled water (Water for chromatography LiChrosolv®. 106733) into two absorption tubes (Cat. Result in mg/l chloride = number of drops x 250 Release 06/2014 . wait a few seconds after adding each drop. 109136.COD 117059 Chemical Oxygen Demand for seawater / high chloride contents Cell Test Measuring range: 50–3000 mg/l COD or O2 16-mm cell Tmax: 45 °C Chloride depletion: Pipette with glass pipette 20 ml of the sample into a 300-ml Erlenmeyer flask with NS 29/32. slowly add reagent Cl-3 dropwise to the sample while swirling until its color changes from yellow to blue-violet. and cool in the ice bath.abridged version): Fill 5. The sample directly turns yellow in color. (Reagent Cl-2 is not required.0 ml of sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l. 115333.No. Fill 6 . 115955). 111132) as per the application instructions (see the website): specified value <250 mg/l Cl-. into the test vessel of the MColortestTM Chloride Test. 117048) with glass pipette under cooling and stirring. Shortly before the color changes.5 ml of depleted sample down the inside of the tilted test vessel onto the sodium hydroxide solution and mix (Wear eye protection! The cell becomes hot!). No. No. No.) Holding the reagent bottle vertically. is recommended) into a second 300-ml Erlenmeyer flask with NS 29/32. Cat. close tightly with the screw cap. (Very important!) Place the blank cell into the cell compartment. Caution. and mix vigorously. Caution.No. Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. close tightly with the screw cap. Carefully pipette 3. and mix vigorously. and handling) a COD/chloride standard solution must be prepared from Potassium hydrogen phthalate.No.COD 117059 Chemical Oxygen Demand for seawater / high chloride contents Cell Test Determination: Suspend the bottom sed. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 102400 and Sodium chloride.Carefully pipette 3. Release 06/2014 . Remove both cells from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool.0 ml Heat both cells in the thermoreactor at 148 °C of the depleted blank for 2 hours. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. into a reaction cell.0 ml iment in two cells by of the depleted sample swirling. the cell becomes hot! (Blank cell) Replace both cells in the Configure the photometer for blank-measurement. the cell becomes hot! Swirl both cells after 10 minutes. into a second reaction cell. 106404 (see section “Standard solutions”). Cat. measurement device. rack for complete cooling to room temperature.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat. 0 m-1 445 nm 50-mm cell Method No.3 – 125.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 078 (620) 0. 15. or 78. 61. Notes: Filtered sample = true color.1 – 50. Unfiltered sample = apparent color.0 m-1 620 nm 50-mm cell Method No.0 m 620 nm 20-mm cell Method No. m Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell. 061 (525) -1 620 nm 10-mm cell Method No. 078 (620) 0. 015 (445) -1 525 nm 50-mm cell Method No. Place the cell into the cell compartment. select method no. 078 (620) -1 0.1 – 50.Color (Spectral Absorption Coefficient) analogous to EN ISO 7887 Measuring range: 0. Release 06/2014 .45 µm pore size.0 m 1 – 250 Filter sample solution through a membrane filter with 0.1 – 50. 500 mg/l Pt/Co 1 . 11.100.500 Hazen 1 .100.2.2. 2771-2775.500 CU range: mg/l Pt/Co 1 .100. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (measurement device. Water Research Vol. 0. can be used after diluting accordingly.2.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .250 1 .100. No. 1996 Measuring 1 .0 CU 340 nm 50-mm cell Place the cell into the cell compartment. 30. 340 nm 10-mm cell CU 340 nm 20-mm cell 0.Color Hazen (Platinum-Cobalt Standard Method) analogous to APHA 2120B.500 mg/l Pt 1 . 32 .250 Hazen 1 . concentration 500 mg/l Pt.0 mg/l Pt/Co Filter sample solution through a membrane filter with 0. DIN EN ISO 6271-2. Notes: Filtered sample = true color. Cat.2.250 mg/l Pt 1 . 100246.45 µm pore size. handling) ready-for-use Platinum Cobalt Color Reference Solution (Hazen 500) Certipur®. Release 06/2014 . Unfiltered sample = apparent color.0 mg/l Pt Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell.250 0. select method no.0 Hazen 0. concentration 500 mg/l Pt. No. handling) ready-for-use Platinum Cobalt Color Reference Solution (Hazen 500) Certipur®.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. Cat. Unfiltered sample = apparent color.45 µm pore size. Release 06/2014 . Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (measurement device. select method no. 179. Notes: Filtered sample = true color. 11. 30. can be used.Color Hazen (Platinum-Cobalt Standard Method) analogous to APHA 2120B. 2771-2775.1000 Hazen 1 . DIN EN ISO 6271-2. 1 . 1996 Measuring range: 1 .1000 mg/l Pt/Co Filter sample solution through a membrane filter with 0. 100246.1000 CU 445 nm 50-mm cell Place the cell into the cell compartment.1000 mg/l Pt Transfer the solution into a cell. 1 . Water Research Vol. Cat.05 – 8. Pipette 5. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. cap. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). If required. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. or Crack Set 10.No. measurement device. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Release 06/2014 . 119786. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 4 – 10.No. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. Result can be expressed as sum of copper ( Cu).Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Ready-for-use copper standard solution Certipur®. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30.g. 114677. and mix. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell.No. and mix. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. . concentration 1000 mg/l Cu. Important: Quality assurance: Very high copper concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be blue) and false-low readings are yielded. 114688. close with the screw screw cap.114553 Copper Cell Test Measuring 0. For the determination of total copper a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C.00 mg/l Cu range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. can also be used after diluting accordingly.No.0 ml of the Add 5 drops of Cu-1K. Cat. g. Add 5 drops of Cu-2 and mix. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.02 – 1. Result can be expressed as sum of copper ( Cu). 119786. Release 06/2014 . concentration 1000 mg/l Cu. Alternatively. For the determination of total copper a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C.0 – 9. Add 1 green dosing spoon of Cu-1 and dissolve the solid substance. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. . or Crack Set 10. If required. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.05 – 3. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30.114767 Copper Test Measuring 0.10 – 6. Cat. specified range: pH 4 – 10. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Ready-for-use copper standard solution Certipur®. Place the cell into the cell compartment. To measure in the 50-mm cell. can be used. 173502.No. Check the pH. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. the semi-microcell. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. 114688. Pipette 5. Cat. measurement device. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). specified range: pH 7. can also be used after diluting accordingly. If required. Cat. Check the pH of the sample.No. Important: Quality assurance: Very high copper concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement solution should be blue) and false-low readings are yielded.5.00 mg/l Cu 20-mm cell 0. AutoSelector.No.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.00 mg/l Cu 10-mm cell range: 0. 114677.No.No. only the sample volume has to be doubled.20 mg/l Cu 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. 0 g/l Cu 20-mm cell 2.0 g/l Cu 50-mm cell Pipette 25 ml of the sample into a 100-ml volumetric flask. close the cell with the screw cap.0 g/l Cu 10-mm cell 5. Cat. .0 ml of the 1:4 dilute sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the a corresponding rectan.cell compartment.0 – 16. Select method no.0 – 80. and mix.Copper in electroplating baths Inherent color Measuring range: 10. fill to the mark with distilled water and mix thoroughly. 114724). 83. Release 06/2014 .0 ml of sulfuric acid 40 %. gular cell.No. Add 5.0 – 40. Pipette 5. Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.Cyanide 102531 Determination of free cyanide Cell Test Measuring 0.0.No. and handling) ready-for-use cyanide standard solution Certipur®. concentration 1000 mg/l CN –. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. measurement device. Pipette 5. Check the pH of the sample. close with the screw cap. and dissolve the solid substance. 119533. can be used after diluting accordingly. Cat. Release 06/2014 . Add 1 level blue microspoon of CN-1K.500 mg/l CN range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and cyanide free [CN(f)]. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.5 – 8.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. specified range: pH 4.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close the cell with the screw cap.010 – 0. If required. No. and handling) ready-for-use cyanide standard solution Certipur®. measurement device. and dissolve the solid substance. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. specified range: pH 4. close the cell with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. close with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 . Cat. Add 1 level blue microspoon of CN-3K.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. concentration 1000 mg/l CN –.500 mg/l CN range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and cyanide free [CN(f)]. can be used after diluting accordingly.010 – 0.0.5 – 8. Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.Cyanide 114561 Determination of free cyanide Cell Test Measuring 0. 119533. Pipette 5. Cat. 119533. If required. specified range: pH 4. Swirl the cell before opening. measurement device.No. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. close with the screw cap.500 mg/l CN range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and cyanide readily liberated [CN(v)]. Add 1 level blue microspoon of CN-3K. Pipette 5. Cat. Release 06/2014 . close the cell with the screw cap. and handling) ready-for-use cyanide standard solution Certipur®. close the cell with the screw cap. Add 3 drops of CN-2K.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.Cyanide 114561 Determination of readily liberated cyanide Cell Test Measuring 0. close with the screw cap. Add 1 dose of CN-1K using the green dosemetering cap. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. . Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.5 – 8. and mix: pretreated sample. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Check the pH of the sample. and dissolve the solid substance. can be used after diluting accordingly.010 – 0.0 ml of the pretreated sample into a reaction cell. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 114724). Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 30 minutes. concentration 1000 mg/l CN –.0.No. concentration 1000 mg/l CN –. Add 1 level green microspoon of CN-3. Cat. measurement device. can be used after diluting accordingly.500 mg/l CN 10-mm cell 0.005 – 0. To check the measurement system (test reagents. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. specified range: pH 4. Important: To measure in the 50-mm cell.AutoSelector. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.5 – 8. Add 1 level blue microspoon of CN-4. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding rectan. gular cell. Note: Quality assurance: Empty cells with screw caps. 173502.No. thus preventing any gas losses. Cat.No.Measuring range: Cyanide 109701 Determination of free cyanide Test 0. can be used. Pipette 5.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required.No. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents CN-3 and CN-4 have to be doubled for each. close the cell with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample. Alternatively.0. and handling) ready-for-use cyanide standard solution Certipur®.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .010 – 0. 119533. close the cell with the screw cap.250 mg/l CN 20-mm cell 0. Release 06/2014 . Cat. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. 114724). 114724 are recommended for the preparation. Place the cell into the cell compartment. the semi-microcell.0020– 0.0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. Cat.1000 mg/l CN 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and cyanide free [CN(f)]. Pipette 5. 173502. If required.0. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding rectan.No. Add 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. and mix: pretreated sample.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. thus preventing any gas losses.Cyanide 109701 Determination of readily liberated cyanide Test Measuring 0. Add 1 dose of CN-1 using the green dosemetering cap. concentration 1000 mg/l CN –. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.5 – 8.No. the sample volume for the determination – not for the previous decomposition – and the volume of the reagents CN-3 and CN-4 have to be doubled for each. . close the cell with the screw cap. close with the scew cap. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. close the cell with the screw cap. Cat.0 ml of the pretreated sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. Add 1 level green microspoon of CN-3. Add 1 level blue microspoon of CN-4. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 30 minutes.005 – 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 119533. the semi-microcell.500 mg/l CN 10-mm cell range: 0. 114724). and handling) ready-for-use cyanide standard solution Certipur®.No. Cat. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. gular cell. specified range: pH 4. close the cell with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample. ning.AutoSelector. 114724). To measure in the 50-mm cell.1000 mg/l CN 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and cyanide readily liberated [CN(v)]. Note: Important: Empty cells with screw caps. Swirl the cell before ope.010 – 0. can be used after diluting accordingly. can be used.Add 3 drops of CN-2. Cat. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Alternatively. measurement device. Release 06/2014 .No.0020– 0. Cat.250 mg/l CN 20-mm cell 0. Cat. Release 06/2014 .119253 Cyanuric Acid Test Measuring 2 – 160 mg/l cyanuric acid range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. AutoSelector. Transfer the solution into Select method with a rectangular cell. Cat. 20-mm cell Add 5. measurement device. 116754. Cat. close with the screw cap.No. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. with stirring rod. and handling) a cyanuric acid standard solution must be prepared from Cyanuric acid. and mix.0 ml of the sample into into an empty test tube (e.0 ml of distilled water (Water for analysis EMSURE®. crush the solid substance. is recommended) with pipette. Cat. Place the cell into the cell compartment. flat-bottomed tubes cells. and close with the screw cap. 114902). Pipette 5. Filter turbid samples. 820358 (see section “Standard solutions”). g. Add 1 reagent tablet Swirl the cell to dissolve Cyanuric Acid.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. 025 – 0. concentration 1000 mg/l F –.0 ml. Prepare an own blank by using 10 ml of distilled water and all reagents. Reaction time: 5 minutes Fluoride sensitive Use the same preparation procedure as above. Cat. Configure the photometer prior for blank-measurement. Select method F sens in the menu (method no. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and handling) ready-for-use fluoride standard solution Certipur®.500 mg/l F 50-mm cell (see “sensitive” preparation procedure) Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. For measurement transfer the solution into a 50-mm cell.114557 Fluoride Cell Test Measuring 0. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Swirl the cell before measurement. specified range: pH 3 – 8.10 – 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the cell with the screw cap.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Pipette 5. 119814. but add 10 ml of sample instead of 5. Add 1 dose of F-1K using the blue dosemetering cap. can be used after diluting accordingly.50 mg/l F Round cell range: 0. If required. and mix. Release 06/2014 . Important: Quality assurance: Very high fluoride concentrations in the sample produce brown-colored solutions (measurement solution should be violet) and false-low readings are yielded. measurement device. close with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample. Place the cell into the cell compartment. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). 124). Fluoride 100809 Cell Test Measuring 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment.500 mg/l F 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. and handling) ready-for-use fluoride standard solution Certipur®. Measuring range: 0. cap. concentration 1000 mg/l F –. can be used after diluting accordingly.10 – 1. Release 06/2014 .025 – 0. Cat. specified range: pH 3 – 8.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 ml of the Add 1 level blue microShake the cell vigoroussample into a reaction spoon of F-1K. Reaction time: 15 minutes Important: Quality assurance: Very high fluoride concentrations in the sample produce brown-colored solutions (measurement solution should be violet) and false-low readings are yielded.80 mg/l F Round cell range: 0. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and mix. close the ly to dissolve the solid cell. Pipette 5. 119814. close with the screw cell with the screw cap. If required.80 mg/l F Check the pH of the sample. substance.10 – 1. To check the measurement system (test reagents. measurement device. Swirl the cell before measurement. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). Select method F sens in the menu (method no. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close with the screw cap. If required. 216). Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. To check the measurement system (test reagents. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). (Blank) Add 1 level blue microspoon of F-1K to each cell. Important: Quality assurance: Very high fluoride concentrations in the sample produce brown-colored solutions (measurement solution should be violet) and false-low readings are yielded. Shake both cells vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. can be used after diluting accordingly.500 mg/l F Check the pH of the sample. concentration 1000 mg/l F –. and mix. Pipette 10 ml of distilled water into a second reaction cell. specified range: pH 3 – 8. and handling) ready-for-use fluoride standard solution Certipur®.No. Reaction time: 15 minutes Swirl the cells. 119814.100809 Fluoride Cell Test Measuring range: 0. Release 06/2014 .Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. and mix. Cat. Configure the photometer for blank-measurement. Transfer both solutions into two separate 50-mm-cells. measurement device. close with the screw cap. close with the screw cap. Place the blank cell into the cell compartment.025 – 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and handling) ready-for-use fluoride standard solution Certipur®.00 mg/l F 10-mm cell 1.0 ml of water and a test tube.0 ml of F-1 into Add 5. Pipette 2. AutoSelector measuring cell compartment.10 – 2.0 – 20.0 mg/l F.0 mg/l F Check the pH of the sample. measurement device. sample with pipette and mix. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 – 20. Cat. 4).0 – 20. Important: Quality assurance: Very high fluoride concentrations in the sample produce brown-colored solutions (measurement solution should be violet) and false-low readings are yielded.5 ml of the sample with pipette and mix. 119814. Shake the test tube vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check).00 mg/l F Check the pH of the sample. range 0. specified range: pH 3 – 8. Release 06/2014 . can be used after diluting accordingly. starting from the addition of F-2 (Fig. If required. Measuring range: 1. Add 1 level blue microspoon of F-2 and mix.0 ml of the a test tube.No.10 – 2. Measuring range: 0. 0. Pipette 2. specified range: pH 3 – 8.00 mg/l F.10 – 2.0 ml of F-1 into Add 5. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with Place the cell into the a cell. Continue as mentioned above.0 mg/l F 10-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. If required. concentration 1000 mg/l F –. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 1.114598 Fluoride Test Measuring range: 0.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . To check the measurement system (test reagents. No. 119814. Configure the photometer Place the blank cell into for blank-measurement. Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. Release 06/2014 . Pipette 5. can be used after diluting accordingly. (Blank) Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer both solutions into a separate semimicrocell. 116754) into a second test tube.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Select method with AutoSelector. specified range: pH 1 – 10. Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of distilled Add to each tube 1. Cat. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. concentration 1000 mg/l F –. No. EMSURE®. Pipette 5. 173502 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 ml water (Water for analysis of F-1 with pipette and mix.No.00 mg/l F 50-mm semi-microcell. measurement device. the cell compartment. Cat. and handling) ready-for-use fluoride standard solution Certipur®. If required.02 – 2.Fluoride 100822 Test Measuring range: 0. Important: Quality assurance: For measurement in the 50-mm rectangular cell the sample volume and the volume of the reagent must be doubled for each. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) a formaldehyde standard solution must be prepared from Formaldehyde solution 37%. specified range: pH 0 – 13.10 – 8. Release 06/2014 . Add 2. Cat. 104003 (see section “Standard solutions”). and mix. close substance. Add 1 level green micro. Caution.No. cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.00 mg/l HCHO range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 ml of the sample with pipette.114500 Formaldehyde Cell Test Measuring 0. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.Shake the cell vigorousspoon of HCHO-1K into ly to dissolve the solid a reaction cell. Check the pH of the sample. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. with the screw cap. measurement device. close the cell with the screw cap. 114724).10 – 8. Release 06/2014 . Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Caution. Note: Quality assurance: Empty cells with screw caps. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. Check the pH of the sample. specified range: pH 0 – 13.00 mg/l HCHO 10-mm cell range: 0.5 ml of HCHO-1 into an empty round cell (Empty cells.0 ml of the sample with pipette. close the cell with the screw cap. and handling) a formaldehyde standard solution must be prepared from Formaldehyde solution 37%. Pipette 4. Cat. gular cell.02 – 1. cell becomes hot! Place the cell into the cell compartment. 104003 (see section “Standard solutions”). close the cell with the screw cap.00 mg/l HCHO 20-mm cell 0. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding rectan.50 mg/l HCHO 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. measurement device.No. and mix.114678 Formaldehyde Test Measuring 0.AutoSelector. Add 3. Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample.05 – 4. Add 1 level green microspoon of HCHO-2. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. specified range: sample into a test tube pH 1 – 9. vigorously for 1 minute. Pipette 2. If required. Add 6 drops of Au-5. concentration 1000 mg/l Au. 170216.0 mg/l Au 10-mm cell range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. close with the screw cap. AutoSelector. add dilute hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 ml of the Check the pH of the sample. Transfer the solution into Select method with a cell. mix.No. Add 2 drops of Au-1 and Add 4 drops of Au-2 and Add 6 drops of Au-3 and mix. Aspirate the clear upper phase from the tube with pipette. mix. Shake the tube vigorously for 1 minute. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Release 06/2014 . measurement device. Cat. with screw cap.0 ml of Au-4 with pipette.5 –12.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) ready-for-use gold standard solution Certipur®. can be used after diluting accordingly. Shake the tube close with the screw cap.114821 Gold Test Measuring 0. Add 6. Select method with AutoSelector. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .02 – 2.0 ml of Hy-1 with pipette and mix.No.01 – 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell.No. and handling) a hydrazine standard solution must be prepared from Hydrazinium sulfate GR. 104603 (see section “Standard solutions”). Pipette 5. Alternatively. Add 2. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell.400 mg/l N2H4 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. the semi-microcell. Check the pH of the sample. If required. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each.00 mg/l N2H4 10-mm cell range: 0.005 – 0. can be used. measurement device. Release 06/2014 . Place the cell into the cell compartment.109711 Hydrazine Test Measuring 0. 173502. specified range: pH 2 – 10.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.00 mg/l N2H4 20-mm cell 0. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Important: Quality assurance: The contents of the reaction cells may be slightly yellow. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. To check the measurement system (test reagents.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Reaction time: 2 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Select method H2O2 sens in the menu (method no. close with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 . specified range: pH 0 – 10. measurement device. Transfer the solution into a 50-mm cell. If required.00 mg/l H2O2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Measuring range: 2. If required. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 – 20.0 mg/l H2O2 Round cell range: 0.No. However.25 – 5.0 mg/l H2O2 Check the pH of the sample. 107209 (see section “Standard solutions”). 128). and mix. and mix.00 mg/l H2O2 Check the pH of the sample. specified range: pH 0 – 10. Cat. and handling) a hydrogenperoxide standard solution must be prepared from Perhydrol ® 30% H2O2 GR.0 – 20. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.Hydrogen Peroxide 114731 Cell Test Measuring 2. close with the screw cap.25 – 5. this does not influence the measurement result. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Reaction time: 2 minutes Measuring range: 0. 0 ml of the sample with pipette and mix. Pipette 0.015 – 3. If required. measurement device.03 – 6. specified range: pH 4 – 10. and handling) a hydrogenperoxide standard solution must be prepared from Perhydrol ® 30% H2O2 GR. Add 0.Hydrogen Peroxide 118789 Test Measuring 0. Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.50 ml of H2O2-1 into a test tube. 107209 (see section “Standard solutions”). AutoSelector. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.00 mg/l H2O2 10-mm cell range: 0.50 ml of H2O2-2 with pipette and mix.000 mg/l H2O2 20-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Check the pH of the sample.No. Cat. Add 8. Release 06/2014 . 20 – 10. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. Check the pH of the sample.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .050– 2.10 – 5. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. AutoSelector. If required. measurement device. specified range: pH 4 – 8.00 mg/l I2 10-mm cell range: 0. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.000 mg/l I2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.00 mg/l I2 20-mm cell 0.100606 Iodine Test Measuring 0. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Add 1 level blue microspoon of I2-1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Important: Quality assurance: Very high iodine concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Release 06/2014 . 33.Iodine Color Number analogous to DIN 6162A Measuring 0.00 range: 0. Release 06/2014 . select method no. cell compartment.50 340 nm 20-mm cell 0.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .600 340 nm 50-mm cell Filter turbid samples.010 – 0. 340 nm 10-mm cell Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the a corresponding cell.03 – 1.05 – 3. Iodine Color Number analogous to DIN 6162A Measuring 1.0 – 50.0 445 nm 10-mm cell range: 0.5 – 25.0 445 nm 20-mm cell 0.2 – 10.0 445 nm 50-mm cell Filter turbid samples. Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the a corresponding cell. cell compartment, select method no. 21. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 114549 Iron Cell Test Measuring 0.05 – 4.00 mg/l Fe range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 1 – 10. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 5.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell, close with the screw cap, and mix. Add 1 level blue microspoon of Fe-1K, close the cell with the screw cap. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Reaction time: 3 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total iron a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C, Cat.No. 114688, or Crack Set 10, Cat.No. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30, Cat.No. 114677. Result can be expressed as sum of iron ( Fe). Ready-for-use iron standard solution Certipur®, Cat.No. 119781, concentration 1000 mg/l Fe, can also be used after diluting accordingly. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Iron 114896 Determination of iron(II) and iron(III) Cell Test Measuring 1.0 – 50.0 mg/l Fe range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in Fe(II), Fe(III). Determination of iron (II) Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 3 – 8. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 1.0 ml of the Reaction time: sample into a reaction 5 minutes cell, close with the screw cap, and mix. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Determination of iron (II + III) Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 3 – 8. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 1.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell, close with the screw cap, and mix. Add 1 dose of Fe-1K using the blue dosemetering cap, close the reaction cell with the screw cap. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Reaction time: 5 minutes A differentiation between iron(II) and iron(III) can be performed on the photometer. Prior to measuring, select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. Then measure the iron(II + III), press enter and measure the iron(II). After pressing enter, the individual measuring values for Fe II and Fe III are shown on the display. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total iron a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C, Cat.No. 114688, or Crack Set 10, Cat.No. 114687, and thermoreactor is necessary. To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) ready-for-use iron standard solution Certipur®, Cat.No. 119687, concentration 1000 mg/l Fe(III), can be used after diluting accordingly. Result can be expressed as sum of iron ( Fe). Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 114761 Iron Test Measuring 0.05 – 5.00 mg/l Fe 10-mm cell range: 0.03 – 2.50 mg/l Fe 20-mm cell 0.005 – 1.000 mg/l Fe 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 1 – 10. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 5.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. Select method with AutoSelector. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Add 3 drops of Fe-1 and Reaction time: mix. 3 minutes Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total iron a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C, Cat.No. 114688, or Crack Set 10, Cat.No. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30, Cat.No. 114677. Result can be expressed as sum of iron ( Fe). Ready-for-use iron standard solution Certipur®, Cat.No. 119781, concentration 1000 mg/l Fe, can also be used after diluting accordingly. To measure in the 50-mm cell, the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Iron 100796 Determination of iron(II) and iron(III) Test Measuring 0.10 – 5.00 mg/l Fe 10-mm cell range: 0.05 – 2.50 mg/l Fe 20-mm cell 0.010– 1.000 mg/l Fe 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Determination of iron(II) Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 2 – 8. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Pipette 8.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. AutoSelector. Add 1 drop of Fe-1 and mix. Add 0.50 ml of Fe-2 with Reaction time: pipette and mix. 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Determination of iron(II + III) Calculation of iron(III) Same preparation as discribed above. After adding of Fe-2 continue with Fe-3. Result B (Fe II+III) – Result A (Fe II) = mg/l Fe(III) Add 1 dose of Fe-3 using the blue dosemetering cap and dissolve the solid substance. Reaction time: 10 minutes, then measure. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total iron a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C, Cat.No. 114688, or Crack Set 10, Cat.No. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30, Cat.No. 114677. Ready-for-use iron standard solution Certipur®, Cat.No. 119781, concentration 1000 mg/l Fe(III), can also be used after diluting accordingly. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Add 5 drops of Pb-1K into a reaction cell and mix. and thermoreactor is necessary.No. concentration 1000 mg/l Pb. Cat. close the cell with the screw cap. or Crack Set 10.No. measurement device. 114687. If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer = Result B Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total lead a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Ready-for-use lead standard solution Certipur®. Place the cell into the cell compartment.g.No. 119776.10 – 5. Cat. sample. 114692.114833 Lead Cell Test Measuring 0. 114688.00 mg/l Pb range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. close the cell with the screw cap.No. and mix. Add 5. Release 06/2014 .0 ml of the sample with pipette. Result can be expressed as sum of lead ( Pb). To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Samples of total hardness 0 –10 °d Check the total hardness Check the pH of the of the sample. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer = Result A Samples of total hardness > 10 °d Result A – Result B = mg/l Pb Add 1 level grey microspoon of Pb-2K to the already measured cell. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat. Cat. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. specified range: pH 3 – 6. can also be used after diluting accordingly. To check the measurement system (test reagents. and thermoreactor is necessary. Add 0. concentration 1000 mg/l Pb.000 mg/l Pb 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total lead a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C.50 ml of Pb-2 with pipette and mix. Pipette 0. Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell.010 – 1. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. Place the cell into the cell compartment. 114687. 114688. Add 8. 119776.g.10 – 5. can also be used after diluting accordingly.No. Cat. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended.No. specified range: pH 3 – 6.00 mg/l Pb 10-mm cell range: 0. Cat.0 ml of the sample with pipette and mix. add dilute ammonia solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat.05 – 2.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . If required.No. or Crack Set 10. Result can be expressed as sum of lead ( Pb). measurement device. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Select method with AutoSelector. Ready-for-use lead standard solution Certipur®.50 mg/l Pb 20-mm cell 0. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40. Release 06/2014 .No.109717 Lead Test Measuring 0.50 ml of Pb-1 into a test tube. 114692. Pipette 1. close with the screw cap. Reaction time: exactly 3 minutes Add 3 drops of Mg-2K. measurement device. and mix. If required.0 mg/l Mg range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.100815 Magnesium Cell Test Measuring 5. close the cell with the screw cap and mix. and mix. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”).0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 ml of Mg-1K with pipette. Add 1. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . close the cell with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample.0 – 75. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 3 – 9. Release 06/2014 . measurement device. close with the screw screw cap. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. can also be used after diluting accordingly. 114677.10 – 5. 119789. cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30. close the cell with the screw cap. and mix.No. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. and mix. Ready-for-use manganese standard solution Certipur®. and mix. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. concentration 1000 mg/l Mn. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Reaction time: 2 minutes Add 3 drops of Mn-2K. Cat.g.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . If required.100816 Manganese Cell Test Measuring 0. specified range: pH 2 – 7.0 ml of the close the cell with the sample into a reaction cell. Pipette 7. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended. Add 2 drops of Mn-1K.00 mg/l Mn range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 25 ml of Mn-4 with pipette and mix immediately. measurement device. Release 06/2014 .005 – 0. but with distilled water instead of sample).101739 Manganese Test Measuring 0. can be used after diluting accordingly.0 ml of Mn-2 with pipette and mix.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. If required.400 mg/l Mn 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Add 2.No. Add swiftly 0. Add 1 level grey microspoon of Mn-1.03 – 1. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Check the pH of the sample. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat.00 mg/l Mn 10-mm cell range: 0. Shake the tube vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Add 3 drops of Mn-3 and mix. Place the cell into the cell compartment. To check the measurement system (test reagents. concentration 1000 mg/l Mn.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Important: Quality assurance: When using the 50-mm cell.05 – 2. AutoSelector. and handling) ready-for-use manganese standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 8. perform the measurement against a separately prepared blank (preparation as per measurement sample. 119789. specified range: pH 3 – 10.00 mg/l Mn 20-mm cell 0. Alternatively. Add 2 drops of Mn-2 and mix.00 mg/l Mn 20-mm cell 0. Check the pH. Cat. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. Pipette 5. the semi-microcell. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.00 mg/l Mn 10-mm cell range: 0. can be used. Cat. specified range: pH 2 – 7.No. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.000 mg/l Mn 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.25 – 5.114770 Manganese Test Measuring 0. If required. Check the pH of the sample. concentration 1000 mg/l Mn. AutoSelector.g.01 0 – 2. 11. can also be used after diluting accordingly. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 30. Add 4 drops of Mn-1 and mix.No. measurement device. Release 06/2014 . Ready-for-use manganese standard solution Certipur®. Add 2 drops of Mn-3 and mix. To check the measurement system (test reagents.5. Reaction time: 2 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. specified pH: approx. Cat. in CombiCheck 30) is highly recommended.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .50 – 10.No. 114677. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 119789. 173502.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. Shake the tube vigorAdd 2.005 – 0. specified range: pH 3 – 10.05 – 2. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat. Mn-4 with pipette and 10 minutes mix carefully (Foams! Wear eye protection!).Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . can be used after diluting accordingly. If required. id substance. Pipette 8.03 – 1. Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of Mn-2 with ously to dissolve the sol. Important: Quality assurance: When using the 50-mm cell. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Add carefully 3 drops of Add carefully 0. concentration 1000 mg/l Mn. but with distilled water instead of sample).400 mg/l Mn 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.pipette and mix.00 mg/l Mn 10-mm cell range: 0. AutoSelector.25 ml of Reaction time: Mn-3 and mix. and handling) ready-for-use manganese standard solution Certipur®. Release 06/2014 .0 ml of the sample into a test tube.101846 Manganese Test Measuring 0.No. 119789. measurement device.00 mg/l Mn 20-mm cell 0. Add 1 level grey microspoon of Mn-1. perform the measurement against a separately prepared blank (preparation as per measurement sample. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the a cell.analytical-test-kits.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Select method no. 0.Mercury in water and wastewater Measuring range: Check the pH of the sample. cell compartment.000 mg/l Hg Pipette 5. Application 50-mm cell Add 1.com. This application can be downloaded directly at www. Important: The exact composition and preparation of the reagents 1 and 2 used are given in the corresponding application. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or acetic acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.5 ml of reagent 2 with pipette and mix.025 – 1.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. specified range: pH 3 – 7. 135. Add 1. which also includes further information on the method employed.0 ml of reagent 1 with pipette and mix. Release 06/2014 . Reaction time: 2 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) a ready-for-use molybdenum standard solution Certipur®. Release 06/2014 . measurement device.00 mg/l Mo 0.03 – 1.15 mg/l Na2MoO4 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. close the cell with the screw cap. Cat. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. concentration 1000 mg/l Mo. Add 10 ml of the sample with pipette.100860 Molybdenum Cell Test Measuring range: 0.02 – 1.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . can be used after diluting accordingly.04 – 2. specified range: pH 1 – 10. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.No.67 mg/l MoO4 0. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 170227. Check the pH of the sample. Place 2 drops of Mo-1K into a reaction cell and mix. If required. Release 06/2014 .No. 170227. Add 1 powder pack of Molybdenum HR2. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into into an empty round cell (Empty cells. measurement device. close with the screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and dissolve the solid substance.119252 Molybdenum Test Measuring 0. Add 1 powder pack of Molybdenum HR1. Cat. Reaction time: 5 minutes.No. close with the screw cap. measure immediately. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) a ready-for-use molybdenum standard solution Certipur®.1 – 96. Swirl the cell to dissolve Add 1 powder pack of Molybdenum HR3 and the solid substance. can be used after diluting accordingly.0 mg/l MoO4 20-mm cell 1. Transfer the solution into Select method with a rectangular cell. close with the screw cap. and dissolve the solid substance. AutoSelector.0 mg/l Mo 20-mm cell range: 0.6 mg/l Na2MoO4 20-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. concentration 1000 mg/l Mo. Cat.5 – 45.8 – 75. 114724). Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 000 mg/l Cl2 0.00 mg/l Cl2 0. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.26 mg/l NH2Cl 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment. specified range: pH 4 – 13.988 mg/l NH2Cl-N 20-mm cell 0. and handling) a standard solution must be prepared (see section “Standard solutions”). Release 06/2014 .25 – 10. Check the pH of the sample.60 ml of MCA-1 with pipette and mix. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. AutoSelector. Add 0.101632 Monochloramine Test Measuring 0.13 – 5.98 mg/l NH2Cl-N 10-mm cell range: 0.050 – 2.18 – 7.010 – 0. Important: Quality assurance: Very high monochloramine concentrations in the sample produce turquoise-colored solutions (measurement so-lution should be yellow-green to green) and false-low readings are yielded. If required.63 mg/l NH2Cl 0.00 mg/l Cl2 0.45 mg/l NH2Cl 0.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .395 mg/l NH2Cl-N 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). measurement device.05 – 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.026 – 0.09 – 3. Reaction time: 5 minutes Add 4 drops of MCA-2 and mix.04 – 1. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. Reaction time: 2 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Check the pH of the sample. Cat. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. close with the screw cap. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40.No. To check the measurement system (test reagents. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended.No. specified range: pH 3– 8. 114688. and mix.0 ml of the Reaction time: sample into a reaction 1 minute cell. 114692.No. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.No.g. Pipette 5.00 mg/l Ni range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Release 06/2014 . Add 2 drops of Ni-2K.10 – 6. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Result can be expressed as sum of nickel ( Ni). can also be used after diluting accordingly. or Crack Set 10. A nickel standard solution Titrisol ®. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.114554 Nickel Cell Test Measuring 0. measurement device. and mix. and mix. Cat. 109989. close with the screw cap. If required. Add 2 drops of Ni-1K.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat. close the cell with the screw cap. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total nickel a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 1 drop of Ni-1 and mix.00 mg/l Ni 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No.No. Cat. Add 2 drops of Ni-2 and mix.50 mg/l Ni 20-mm cell 0. If required. AutoSelector.10 – 5. can be used. .02 – 1. 114688. Release 06/2014 . If required. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40.00 mg/l Ni 10-mm cell range: 0. Cat. Place the cell into the cell compartment.05 – 2. the semi-microcell. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Cat. Alternatively.g. To measure in the 50-mm cell.No. 114687 and thermoreactor is necessary. specified range: pH 10 – 12. or Crack Set 10.No. Pipette 5. Check the pH of the sample. continue adding drop by drop until a slight yellow coloration persists. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. 173502. specified range: pH 3– 8. A nickel standard solution Titrisol ®. If the color disappears. measurement device.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.114785 Nickel Test Measuring 0. Result can be expressed as sum of nickel ( Ni). Cat. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total nickel a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. 109989. Cat. Reaction time: 1 minute Check the pH. Add 2 drops of Ni-3 and mix. To check the measurement system (test reagents. 114692.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended. 0 – 60.0 g/l Ni 50-mm cell Pipette 5.0 – 24. gular cell. and mix.0 g/l Ni 20-mm cell 2.No. 57. Select method no. 114724). close the cell with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 .Nickel in electroplating baths Inherent color Measuring range: 10 – 120 g/l Ni 10-mm cell 5.0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. Transfer the solution into Place the cell into the a corresponding rectan.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 ml of sulfuric acid 40%.cell compartment. Add 5. Cat. cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.7 mg/l NO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Shake the cell vigorously for 1 minute to dissolve the solid substance.114542 Nitrate Cell Test Measuring 0.No. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended. Add 1 level yellow microspoon of NO3-1K into a reaction cell and close with the screw cap.No. Cat. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20.2 – 79. Release 06/2014 . Cat. CRM. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Cat. 119811.0 mg/l NO3-N range: 2.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .5 – 18. Caution. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. and mix briefly. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®.g. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. 125037 and 125038. measurement device. 114675. Add very slowly 1. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.No. close with the screw cap.5 ml of the sample with pipette. No. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.114563 Nitrate Cell Test Measuring 0. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. do not mix.2 – 110. 125037 and 125038. and mix.0 ml of NO3-1K with pipette. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20. cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Add 1. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–.7 mg/l NO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. CRM. Cat. measurement device. 114675. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. Release 06/2014 .No.No. Cat. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 119811. Pipette 1.g.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.0 mg/l NO3-N range: 2. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended. close the cell with the screw cap.5 – 25. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Caution. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. 125037. do not mix. close the cell with the screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . in CombiCheck 80) is highly recommended. Cat. 114738.114764 Nitrate Cell Test Measuring 1. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.No. Caution.0 ml of NO3-1K with pipette.50 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. 125038. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Add 1. Cat. cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. CRM. and mix.No. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–.g. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.No.0 mg/l NO3-N range: 4 – 221 mg/l NO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Pipette 0. measurement device. and 125039. 119811.0 – 50. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 80. Cat. Release 06/2014 . or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. No. Cat. measure cell with the screw cap.100614 Nitrate Cell Test Measuring range: 23 – 225 mg/l NO3-N 102 – 996 mg/l NO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No. and mix. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–. 125039 and 125040. Add 0.10 ml of the samp.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . cell becomes hot! Place the cell into the cell compartment. close the 5 minutes. Release 06/2014 . Caution. CRM. Cat. can be used after diluting accordingly as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications. 119811.0 ml of NO3-1K into a reaction cell. do not mix. measurement device. immediately. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.Reaction time: le with pipette. Pipette 1. and handling) ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Cat.No. cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. and 125038. 119811. 1 minute to dissolve the Close the cell with the solid substance. 125037. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. and mix briefly. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Add very slowly 1.No. 114676 and 114675. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–. Caution.2 – 10. Add 5.No. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding rectan.No. Place 1 blue microspoon of NO3-1 into a dry empty round cell (Empty cells. To check the measurement system (test reagents. can also be used after diluting accordingly. measurement device. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. Cat. screw cap.5 ml of the sample with pipette.3 mg/l NO320-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. CRM.5 mg/l NO310-mm cell range: 0. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended.2 – 88.114773 Nitrate Test Measuring 0. gular cell.No. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10 and 20. 125036. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample.9 – 44. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. Note: Quality assurance: Empty cells with screw caps.AutoSelector.0 mg/l NO3-N 2.0 ml of NO3-2 with Shake vigorously for pipette into the cell.g. Cat. close the cell with the screw cap.5 – 20.0 mg/l NO3-N 0. 114724). Release 06/2014 . 114676 and 114675. Add 0.5 mg/l NO3-N 2.0 mg/l NO3-N 4. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample.4 – 110. Note: Empty cells with screw caps. Cat.10 – 5. Pipette 4. . Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended. and mix. Cat. Cat. 119811.109713 Nitrate Test Measuring 1. 173502. Alternatively. Transfer the solution into a corresponding rectangular cell.No.50 ml of NO3-2 with pipette. the semi-microcell.7 mg/l NO3 10-mm cell range: 0. 125036.No. CRM. Release 06/2014 .4 – 50-mm cell 22.No. can be used.5 – 12.00 mg/l NO3-N 0. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10 and 20. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each. Add 0. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–.50 ml of the sample with pipette. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.No. Select method with AutoSelector.3 mg/l NO3 20-mm cell 0. Caution. No. Place the cell into the cell compartment.0 – 25. and 125038. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. To check the measurement system (test reagents. do not mix. can also be used after diluting accordingly.1 mg/l NO3 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 125037.0 ml of NO3-1 into a dry empty round cell (Empty cells.No. 114724).2 – 55. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. cell becomes hot! Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. close the Reaction time: 10 minutes cell with the screw cap. Cat. measurement device. Cat. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. do not mix. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–. 114676.Measuring 0. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®.3 mg/l NO3 Nitrate 114556 in seawater Cell Test Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No.g. CRM. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Pipette 2. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended.No. Release 06/2014 . or the Standard solution for photometric applications.4 – 13. Cat.10 – 3. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. 119811. Place the cell into the cell compartment. protective gloves)! Shake the cell vigorReaction time: ously for 5 seconds 30 minutes to dissolve the solid substance.No. foams strongly (eye protection.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . measurement device. Cat. Caution. 125036 and 125037. Cat.00 mg/l NO3-N range: 0. Add 1 level blue microspoon of NO3-1K. can also be used after diluting accordingly. immediately close the cell tightly with the screw cap. 114724). No. 114675. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. 125036.0 mg/l NO3-N 0.0 ml of NO3-1 into a dry empty round cell (Empty cells. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. and 125038. measurement device. Close cell tightly and shake vigorously until the reagent is completely dissolved. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3–. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Cat.0 ml of the sample with pipette.No. 114724 are recommended for the preparation.No.9 – 75. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Reaction time: 60 minutes Transfer the solution into a rectangular cell.2 – 17.Nitrate 114942 in seawater Test Measuring 0. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20. Ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®.3 mg/l NO3 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Caution. Release 06/2014 . Cat. Reaction time: 15 minutes Add 2 level grey microspoons of NO3-3. Close cell tightly and shake vigorously.5 ml of NO3-2 with pipette.No. Add 1. Important: Quality assurance: Empty cells with screw caps.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . cell becomes hot! Immediately add 1. To check the measurement system (test reagents.No. 119811. CRM. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample. Cat. 125037. Cat. Select method with AutoSelector. 10-mm cell Pipette 5. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. Cat. Cat. measure immediately.101842 Nitrate Test Measuring 0.No. Reaction time: 5 minutes. immediately close tightly with the screw cap. If required. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube (Flat-bottomed tubes. specified range: pH 3 – 9. concentration 1000 mg/l NO3-. 114902). Select method with AutoSelector. 119811. Release 06/2014 .8 mg/l NO3 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.3 – 30. Transfer the solution (when possible without sediment) into a corresponding rectangular cell.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . measurement device. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 mg/l NO3-N 1. Check the pH of the sample. Add 1 level blue microspoon of NO3-1.No. and handling) a ready-for-use nitrate standard solution Certipur®. Place the cell into the cell compartment. 50-mm cell Shake the tube vigorously for 1 minute to dissolve the solid substance. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.3 – 132. Cat. can be used after diluting accordingly. Pipette 5. close with the screw cap. and handling) ready-for-use nitrite standard solution Certipur®. CRM.30 mg/l NO2 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample. If required. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.700 mg/l NO2-N range: 0. Cat. 119899. measurement device. concentration 1000 mg/l NO2–. Release 06/2014 . 125041.114547 Nitrite Cell Test Measuring 0. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.010 – 0. Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.No. Cat. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. specified range: pH 2 – 10. can be used after diluting accordingly as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.03 – 2.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . concentration 1000 mg/l NO2–. measure immediately. and handling) ready-for-use nitrite standard solution Certipur®. can be used after diluting accordingly as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications. Add 2 level blue microAdd 8.0 – 90.0 mg/l NO2-N 3 – 296 mg/l NO2 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample. specified range: pH 1 – 12. measurement device. 119899. Do not shake or swirl the cell before the measurement. Reaction time: 20 minutes. CRM. and close with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 . If required. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.100609 Nitrite Cell Test Measuring range: 1.0 ml of the spoons of NO2-1K into a sample with pipette reaction cell. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 125042. Cat.No. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.No. Cat. Alternatively. and handling) ready-for-use nitrite standard solution Certipur®.No. If required.657 mg/l NO2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat.03 – 1.02 – 1. measurement device. Check the pH of the sample. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. AutoSelector. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat.64 mg/l NO2 20-mm cell 0.No.002 – 0. If required. Release 06/2014 .00 mg/l NO2-N 0.0 – 2. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each.114776 Nitrite Test Measuring 0.5. can be used after diluting accordingly as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications.200 mg/l NO2-N 0. can be used. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 ml of the sample into a test tube. concentration 1000 mg/l NO2–.007 – 0. CRM. specified range: pH 2. Check the pH.No.010 – 0. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. specified range: pH 2 – 10. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.07 – 3. Add 1 level blue microspoon of NO2-1. 173502. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. 119899. 125041.28 mg/l NO2 10-mm cell range: 0.500 mg/l NO2-N 0. the semi-microcell. Pipette 5. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Nitrogen (total) 114537 Cell Test Measuring 0.5 – 15.0 mg/l N range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells, Cat.No. 114724). Add 1 level blue microspoon of N-1K. Add 6 drops of N-2K, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 1 hour. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature: pretreated sample. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Add 1 level yellow microspoon of N-3K into a reaction cell, close the cell with the screw cap. Shake the cell vigorously for 1 minute to dissolve the solid substance. Add very slowly 1.5 ml of the pretreated sample with pipette, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix briefly. Caution, cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50, Cat.No. 114695, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125043 and 125044. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Nitrogen (total) 100613 Cell Test Measuring 0.5 – 15.0 mg/l N range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells, Cat.No. 114724). Add 1 level blue microspoon of N-1K. Add 6 drops of N-2K, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 1 hour. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature: pretreated sample. Swirl the cell after 10 minutes. Pipette 1.0 ml of the pretreated sample into a reaction cell, do not mix! Add 1.0 ml of N-3K with pipette, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Caution, cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 50, Cat.No. 114695, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125043 and 125044. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 50) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Nitrogen (total) 114763 Cell Test Measuring 10 – 150 mg/l N range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Pipette 1.0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells, Cat.No. 114724). Add 9.0 ml of distilled Add 1 level blue microwater (Water for analysis spoon of N-1K. EMSURE®, Cat.No. 116754, is recommended) with pipette. Remove the cell from Swirl the cell after the thermoreactor and 10 minutes. place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature: pretreated sample. Pipette 1.0 ml of the pretreated sample into a reaction cell, do not mix! Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Add 6 drops of N-2K, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 1 hour. Add 1.0 ml of N-3K with pipette, close the cell with the screw cap, and mix. Caution, cell becomes hot! Reaction time: 10 minutes Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 70, Cat.No. 114689, or the Standard solution for photometric applications, CRM, Cat.No. 125044 and 125045. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.g. in CombiCheck 70) is highly recommended. Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 114694 Oxygen Cell Test Measuring 0.5 –12.0 mg/l O2 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample, specified range: pH 6 – 8. If required, add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or nitric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Fill watersample into a reaction cell to overflowing and make sure, that no air bubbles are present. Add 5 drops of O2-2K, Reaction time: close the cell with the 1 minute screw cap, and shake for 10 seconds. Place the filled cell in a test-tube rack. Add with microspoon 1 glass bead. Add 10 drops of O2-3K, close the cell with the screw cap, mix, and clean from outside. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Add 5 drops of O2-1K. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) a oxygen standard solution must be prepared (application see the website). Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Oxygen Scavengers 119251 Test Measuring range: 0.020 – 0.500 mg/l DEHA* 20-mm cell * N,N-diethylenhydroxylamine 0.027 – 0.666 mg/l Carbohy* 20-mm cell * carbohydrazide 0.05 – 1.31 mg/l Hydro* 20-mm cell * hydroquinone 0.08 – 1.95 mg/l ISA* 20-mm cell * isoascorbic acid 0.09 – 2.17 mg/l MEKO* 20-mm cell * methylethylketoxime Pipette 10 ml of the Add 1 powder pack of sample into into an Oxyscav 1 and close empty round cell (Empty with the screw cap. cells, Cat.No. 114724). Swirl the cell to dissolve the solid substance. Transfer the solution into Select method with a rectangular cell. AutoSelector. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Add 0.20 ml of Oxyscav 2 with pipette, close with the screw cap, and mix. Reaction time: 10 minutes, protect from light in the process, measure immediately. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents, measurement device, and handling) a oxygen scavengers standard solution must be prepared from N,N-diethylhydroxylamine, Cat.No. 818473 (see section “Standard solutions”). Release 06/2014 - Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.05 – 4. Check the pH of the sample. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube.100607 Ozone Test Measuring 0. Add 2 drops of O3-1 and mix. Place the cell into the cell compartment. measurement device.010 – 0.00 mg/l O3 20-mm cell 0. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). If required. specified range: pH 4 – 8.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .02 – 2. Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Add 1 level blue microspoon of O3-2. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Important: Quality assurance: Very high ozone concentrations in the sample produce yellow-colored solutions (measurement solution should be red) and false-low readings are yielded.00 mg/l O3 10-mm cell range: 0. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). Release 06/2014 .800 mg/l O3 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. AutoSelector. Cat. Add 1.0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. If required. Leave to stand to allow phases to separate. The exact composition and preparation of the reagents 1 and 2 used are given in the corresponding application. 133. 114724). If required. close the cell with the screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. dry over sodium sulfate anhydrous (Cat. close the cell with the screw cap.0 ml isoamyl alcohol GR (Cat. and mix.Palladium in water and wastewater Measuring range: 0. Select method no. specified range: pH 2 – 5.No. Shake the cell vigorously for 1 minute.No. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Release 06/2014 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.05 – 1. 100979) with pipette.com. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 5. Check the pH of the sample.analytical-test-kits.No.0 ml of reagent 1 with pipette. Note: Important: Empty cells with screw caps. Pipette 5. 106649). close the cell with the screw cap.No.20 ml of reagent 2 with pipette. Aspirate the organicTransfer the dried soclear upper phase from lution into a rectangular the tube with pipette and cell. and mix.0. specified value: pH 3.25 mg/l Pd Application 10-mm cell Check the pH of the sample. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample. Cat. Add 0. 114724 are recommended for the preparation. which also includes further information on the method employed. This application can be downloaded directly at www. can be used.00 Certipur®.101744 pH Cell Test Measuring range: Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a round cell.4 – 8. pH 6.8 Add 4 drops of pH-1. measurement device. close the cell with the screw cap. and handling) buffer solution pH 7. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 109407. Release 06/2014 . Cat.No. and mix. Attention! The reagent bottle must be held vertically by all means! Place the cell into the cell compartment.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Add 1 level green microspoon of Ph-2K. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.No. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat. close the cell with the screw cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.10 – 2. specified range: pH 2 – 11. Release 06/2014 . close with the screw cap. If required. close the cell with the screw cap. Add 1 level grey microspoon of Ph-1K. Important: Quality assurance: Very high phenol concentrationsin the sample result in a weakening of the color and false-low readings are yielded. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and mix.50 mg/l phenol range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. To check the measurement system (test reagents. 100206 (see section “Standard solutions”). and handling) a phenol standard solution must be prepared from Phenol GR. measurement device. Check the pH of the sample.114551 Phenol Cell Test Measuring 0. 116754. Transfer the clear lower phase into a cell. is recommended) and the reagents in an analogous manner. pipette and mix. close separation funnel.100 mg/l C6H5OH 20-mm cell range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Add 1 level green microspoon of Ph-3 and shake to dissolve the solid substance.100856 Phenol Test Measuring 0.002 – 0.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .002 – 0. Cat. Reaction time: 30 minutes (protected from light) Add 10 ml of chloroform with pipette. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. prepared from distilled water (Water for analysis EMSURE®. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 0. Pipette 200 ml of sample Add 5. Add 1 level green microspoon of Ph-2 and shake to dissolve the solid substance.0 ml of Ph-1 with into a separation funnel. Attention! The measurement is carried out in a 20-mm rectangular cell against a blank. Release 06/2014 . specified range: pH 2 – 11.No. If required. Leave to stand for 5 – 10 minutes to allow the phases to separate. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Check the pH of the sample.100 mg/l. Shake vigorously for 1 minute. Place the cell into the cell compartment.05 – 2.No. Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of Ph-1 with pipette and mix. specified range: pH 2 – 11.00 mg/l. Cat. Add 1 level grey microspoon of Ph-2.10 – 5.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 0. Add 1 level grey microspoon of Ph-3. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.00 mg/l C6H5OH 10-mm cell range: 0. If required.025 – 5. measurement device. Release 06/2014 .025 – 1. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a test tube. 100206 (see section “Standard solutions”). Add 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.50 mg/l C6H5OH 20-mm cell 0. and handling) a phenole standard solution must be prepared from Phenol GR.100856 Phenol Test Measuring 0.000 mg/l C6H5OH 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into a corresponding cell. 2 – 15.00 mg/l PO4 -P range: 0. Cat. measurement device. and mix. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. 114543. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. Cat.0 ml of the Add 5 drops of P-1K.g. cap. If required. 114688 can be used. No. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. specified range: pH 0 – 10. No. Cat. Pipette 5. No. Check the pH of the sample.No. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the cell with the screw cap. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. and 100673 or Phosphate Test.11 – 11. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test.Phosphate 100474 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test Measuring 0.46 mg/l P2 O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Release 06/2014 . can also be used after diluting accordingly.3 mg/l PO4 0. close with the screw screw cap. 114687 resp.05 – 5. 119898. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Cat. 114729. and mix. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 114676. Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. Add 1 dose of P-2K using the blue dosemetering cap. 2 – 15. close the cell with the screw cap. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10.0 ml of the Add 5 drops of P-2K. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell. 114676.11 – 11. Cat. and mix.46 mg/l P2 O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. measurement device.05 – 5. Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®.No. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.g. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. specified range: pH 0 – 10. Check the pH of the sample.No. close with the screw screw cap. Release 06/2014 . cap. Cat.3 mg/l PO4 0. and mix.00 mg/l PO4 -P range: 0.Phosphate 114543 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test Measuring 0. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Pipette 5. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. 119898. If required. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Then measure the P total. Cat.11 – 11. After pressing enter. Cat. Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 5.00 mg/l P 0. Release 06/2014 .Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. Add 1 dose of P-1K using the green dosemetering cap. A differentiation between orthophosphate (PO4-P) and P org* (P(o)) can be performed on the photometer. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. can also be used after diluting accordingly. press enter and measure the orthophosphate (see analytical procedure for orthophosphate). and P org* [P(o)]. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. polyphosphate. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. 114676. If required. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 30 minutes. 119898. and mix. and mix. measurement device. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form.2 – 15. To check the measurement system (test reagents.05 – 5. Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended.No.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. close the cell with the screw cap. CRM. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Check the pH of the sample. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. close the cell with the screw cap.3 mg/l PO4 0. the individual measuring values for PO4-P and P(o) are shown on the display.No. Add 5 drops of P-2K.g.46 mg/l P2O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in P total ( P). Prior to measuring. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. and organophosphate Measuring range: 0.114543 Phosphate Determination of total phosphorus Cell Test = sum of orthophosphate. 125046 and 125047. close the cell with the screw cap. Cat. close with the screw cap. Quality assurance: * P org is the sum of polyphosphate and organophosphate. specified range: pH 0 – 10. cap. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. close with the screw screw cap. measurement device. and mix. No. Cat. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell.5 – 25. 114675 and 114738.5 – 76. To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 ml of the Add 5 drops of P-1K. 114688 can be used. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat.g. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. No. and mix. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 114543. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended. Check the pH of the sample. If required. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate. Add 1 dose of P-2K using the blue dosemetering cap.No.Phosphate 100475 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test Measuring 0. close the cell with the screw cap. specified range: pH 0 – 10. 114729. Release 06/2014 . Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. and 100673 or Phosphate Test. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C.3 mg/l P2 O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. 119898.0 mg/l PO4 -P range: 1. Pipette 1. Cat. can also be used after diluting accordingly. 114687 resp.7 mg/l PO4 1.Nos. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20 and 80. No.1 – 57. 3 mg/l P2 O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.5 – 76. Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. can also be used after diluting accordingly.0 mg/l PO4 -P range: 1. cap. Release 06/2014 . Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap. 119898. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.g. close the cell with the screw cap. close with the screw screw cap. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–.No. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended.7 mg/l PO4 1. 114675 and 114738.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and mix. measurement device.1 – 57. Check the pH of the sample. and mix. Cat.Nos. If required. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.0 ml of the Add 5 drops of P-2K. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20 and 80. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell. Pipette 1.Phosphate 114729 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test Measuring 0. specified range: pH 0 – 10. Cat. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.5 – 25. Then measure the P total. press enter and measure the orthophosphate (see analytical procedure for orthophosphate).114729 Phosphate Determination of total phosphorus Cell Test = sum of orthophosphate. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20 and 80. To check the measurement system (test reagents. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form. Cat.1 – 57.No. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. 119898.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . After pressing enter. Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap. Check the pH of the sample. can also be used after diluting accordingly. and mix. Prior to measuring. CRM. measurement device. the individual measuring values for PO4-P and P(o) are shown on the display.5 – 76. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Cat. in CombiCheck) is highly recommended. specified range: pH 0 – 10.No. 114675 and 114738.3 mg/l P2 O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in P total ( P). 125047 and 125048.7 mg/l PO4 1. polyphosphate. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.g. If required. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Cat. and organophosphate Measuring 0. or as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications. Quality assurance: * P org is the sum of polyphosphate and organophosphate. and mix. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. close the cell with the screw cap. A differentiation between orthophosphate (PO4-P) and P org* (P(o)) can be performed on the photometer. Add 5 drops of P-2K. Pipette 1. close the cell with the screw cap. close the cell with the screw cap. and P org* [P(o)]. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 30 minutes.5 – 25. Add 1 dose of P-1K using the green dosemetering cap. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature.0 mg/l P range: 1.No. Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. close with the screw cap. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the cell with the screw cap. Pipette 0. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. Check the pH of the sample. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Cat. measurement device.No. No. Add 1 dose of PO4-2K using the blue dosemetering cap. 114729. Cat. and mix. Cat. 114688 can be used.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. specified range: pH 0 – 10.0 mg/l PO4 -P 9 – 307 mg/l PO4 7 – 229 mg/l P2O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. No. and 100673 or Phosphate Test. No. and mix. Release 06/2014 .0 – 100. 114543. 114687 resp.20 ml of the Add 5 drops of PO4-1K.Measuring range: Phosphate 100616 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test 3. If required. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test. 119898. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. cap. can be used after diluting accordingly. close with the screw screw cap. close the cell with the screw cap. Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap. Cat. cap.20 ml of the Add 5 drops of P-2K. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw screw cap. Pipette 0. 119898. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Check the pH of the sample. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.No. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell. specified range: pH 0 – 10. and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. If required. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.0 – 100. measurement device.0 mg/l PO4 -P 9 – 307 mg/l PO4 7 – 229 mg/l P2O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and mix. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. and mix. can be used after diluting accordingly.Measuring range: Phosphate 100673 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test 3.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . 119898. close the cell with the screw cap. 125048. Release 06/2014 . measurement device. can be used after diluting accordingly as well as the Standard solution for photometric applications. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. Add 5 drops of P-2K. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. 125047. . Add 1 dose of P-1K using the green dosemetering cap.No. polyphosphate. and mix. CRM. Then measure the P total. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 0. A differentiation between orthophosphate (PO4-P) and P org* (P(o)) can be performed on the photometer. After pressing enter. and mix. Prior to measuring.0 mg/l PO4 -P 9 – 307 mg/l PO4 7 – 229 mg/l P2O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l and also in P total ( P). If required. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form.100673 Phosphate Determination of total phosphorus Cell Test = sum of orthophosphate. and P org* [P(o)]. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. the individual measuring values for PO4-P and P(o) are shown on the display. Check the pH of the sample. and 125049. close with the screw cap.0 – 100. and organophosphate Measuring range: 3. press enter and measure the orthophosphate (see analytical procedure for orthophosphate). Add 1 dose of P-3K using the blue dosemetering cap. Cat. close the cell with the screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 To check the measurement system (test reagents. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the cell with the screw cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.No. Cat. specified range: pH 0 – 10.20 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 30 minutes. Quality assurance: * P org is the sum of polyphosphate and organophosphate. Important: Quality assurance: For measurement in the 50-mm cell. can be used.Phosphate 114848 Determination of orthophosphate Test Measuring 0.07 mg/l PO4 0.No.010 – 1.02 – 2. 173502.11 – 11.67 mg/l PO4 0.07 – 5. Add 5 drops of PO4-1 and mix. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. polyphosphate. Pipette 5.No. or Crack Set 10. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. To check the measurement system (test reagents. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Check the pH of the sample. 114687.73 mg/l P2O5 20-mm cell 0. Cat. 119898. and thermoreactor is necessary. measurement device. 114676. 114688. Cat. Cat.03 – 3. Release 06/2014 . Alternatively. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. the semi-microcell. Result can be expressed as sum of phosphorus ( P). the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each.2 – 15.50 mg/l PO4-P 0. For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate.No. .No.05 – 5. specified range: pH 0 – 10.46 mg/l P2O5 10-mm cell range: 0. and organophosphate a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. Place the cell into the cell compartment. If required. can also be used after diluting accordingly. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.09 – 7. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10.000 mg/l PO4-P 0. Cat. Cat.03 – 2.29 mg/l P2O5 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–.00 mg/l PO4-P 0. Add 1 level blue microspoon of PO4-2.3 mg/l PO4 0.g.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®.No. AutoSelector. Transfer the solution into Select method with a cell.0 ml of distilled Add 0. Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate. is recommended) into a test tube. Cat. Release 06/2014 . Pipette 8.50 ml of PO4-1 with pipette and mix. No.No. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. can be used after diluting accordingly. No.50 ml of the water (Water for analysis sample with pipette and EMSURE®. 114687 resp. specified range: pH 0 – 10. 116754. No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. Add 1 dose of PO4-2 using the blue dosemetering cap.Phosphate 100798 Determination of orthophosphate Test Measuring 1.0 mg/l PO4-P 3 – 307 mg/l PO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 –100. Cat. and 100673 or Phosphate Test. measurement device. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C. Reaction time: 5 minutes 10-mm cell Add 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. 2 – 229 mg/l P2O5 Check the pH of the sample. 119898. 114729. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. mix. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test. If required. AutoSelector. Cat. 114688 can be used. 114543. Cat. 0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. No. No. 114687 resp. Check the pH of the sample. Pipette 5. To check the measurement system (test reagents. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C. Cat.7 mg/l PO4 1. and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. specified range: pH 0 – 10. can be used after diluting accordingly. 119898. If required.Phosphate 114546 Determination of orthophosphate Cell Test Measuring 0. 114543. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate. No. and 100673 or Phosphate Test. Cat. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.5 – 25. close with the screw cap. Cat. Release 06/2014 .No.3 mg/l P2O5 Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. 114688 can be used. and mix.1 – 57. 114729. measurement device. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–. Place the cell into the cell compartment. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Cat.5 – 76.0 mg/l PO4-P range: 1.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . measurement device. specified range: pH 0 – 10.0 – 30.7 mg/l P2O5 10-mm cell range: 0.Phosphate 114842 Determination of orthophosphate Test Measuring 1. Cat. can be used after diluting accordingly. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.0 mg/l PO41. Check the pH of the sample. No. Add 1.3 – 68. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat.1 – 92. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total phosphorus = sum of orthophosphate.1 – 34. 114688 can be used. 114729. concentration 1000 mg/l PO43–.0 mg/l PO4-P 1. No.0 mg/l PO42.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.No. 114543. and 100673 or Phosphate Test. Pipette 5. Cat. 114848 in conjunction with Crack Set 10/10C. If required. No. a corresponding cell. Release 06/2014 . AutoSelector. 114687 resp.5 – 15.4 mg/l P2O5 20-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) ready-for-use phosphate standard solution Certipur®. 119898.0 mg/l PO4-P 3. polyphosphate and organophosphate either Phosphate Cell Test.2 ml of PO4-1 with Transfer the solution into Select method with piette and mix.5 – 46. 5. Select method no. These cells can be sealed with the screw caps. Check the pH of the sample. Cat. Leave to stand to allow phases to separate.com. Add 0. close the cell with the screw cap. 106649).0 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. The exact composition and preparation of the reagents 1 and 2 used are given in the corresponding application.0 ml of reagent 1 with pipette. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the cell with the screw cap. This application can be downloaded directly at www.No. Pipette 5. is recommended) and the reagents in an analogous manner. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 100 °C for 5 minutes. 106146) with pipette. 134. which also includes further information on the method employed.Platinum in water and wastewater Application Measuring range: 0. Check the pH of the sample. specified value: pH 6. and mix. Transfer the dried solution into a rectangular cell. close the cell with the screw cap. Cat.10 – 1. Add 5.No. Cat. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature.No.50 ml of reagent 2 with pipette. 116754.0 ml Isobutyl-methylketone GR (Cat. thus enabling a hazard-free mixing of the sample. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 1. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Aspirate the organicclear upper phase from the tube with pipette and dry over sodium sulfate anhydrous (Cat. and mix. Note: Important: Empty cells with screw caps. If required.analytical-test-kits. Release 06/2014 . 114724 are recommended for the preparation.No. If required. prepared from distilled water (Water for analysis EMSURE®.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 114724). Shake the cell vigorously for 1 minute.No. specified range: pH 2 – 5.25 mg/l Pt 10-mm cell Attention! The measurement is carried out at 690 nm in a 10-mm rectangular cell against a blank. 0 – 50. close the cell with the screw cap. Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. can be used after diluting accordingly. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 1 level blue microShake the cell vigorousspoon of K-2K.No. Filter turbid samples.5. specified Pipette 2. If required.0 – 11. and mix. 170230. measurement device. and handling) ready-for-use potassium standard solution Certipur®.0 ml of the range: pH 10. specified range: pH 3 – 12.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close the ly to dissolve the solid cell with the screw cap. concentration 1000 mg/l K.0 mg/l K range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. sample into a reaction cell. Release 06/2014 . and mix. Check the pH of the sample. Reaction time: 5 minutes Add 6 drops of K-1K. Check the pH.114562 Potassium Cell Test Measuring 5. substance. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Cat. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. concentration 1000 mg/l K.50 ml of the Check the pH. measurement device.100615 Potassium Cell Test Measuring 30 – 300 mg/l K range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. and mix. Add 1 level blue microShake the cell vigorousspoon of K-2K.0 – 11. Pipette 0. close the cell with the screw cap. and mix. specified sample into a reaction range: pH 10. Cat.5.No. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Check the pH of the sample. Filter turbid samples. Release 06/2014 . If required. substance. 170230. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and handling) ready-for-use potassium standard solution Certipur®. cell. specified range: pH 3 – 12. Reaction time: 5 minutes Add 6 drops of K-1K. close the ly to dissolve the solid cell with the screw cap. can be used after diluting accordingly. Place the cell into the cell compartment. close with the screw cap. specified range: pH 5– 8. sample into a reaction close the cell with the cell. and mix. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.874 °e Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.20 ml of RH-1K. Cat. Pipette 4.114683 Residual Hardness Cell Test Measuring range: 0. If required.070 – 0.No.0 ml of the Add 0.2 – 12. 119778. cap. Reaction time: 10 minutes. close with the screw screw cap.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .12 – 1. can be used after diluting accordingly.5 mg/l CaCO3 0.25 °f Check the pH of the sample.00 mg/l Ca Measuring 0.087 – 0.700 °d range: 1. concentration 1000 mg/l Ca. 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) ready-for-use calcium standard solution Certipur®. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.50 – 5. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and mix.00 mg/l CaO 0. measure immediately.70 – 7. (Pay attention to pH value!) Release 06/2014 . measurement device. Reaction time: 10 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.05 – 2. Cat. the semi-microcell. Reaction time: 3 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.6. concentration 1000 mg/l Si. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Check the pH of the sample. Release 06/2014 .1 – 5.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.Silicate (Silicic Acid) 114794 Test Measuring 0.50 mg/l Si 20-mm cell 0.005 – 0.see section "Standard solutions"). and handling) ready-for-use silicon standard solution Certipur®. measurement device.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. Add 3 drops of Si-2 and mix. 170236.No. Pipette 5. the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each.11 – 5. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. If required. AutoSelector. Add 3 drops of Si-1 and mix. Alternatively.00 mg/l Si 10-mm cell 0. specified range: pH 1.35 mg/l SiO2 0. specified range: pH 2– 10. 173502. can be used after diluting accordingly (Attention! Do not store standard solutions in glass vessels .600 mg/l SiO2 0. can be used.011 – 1. Add 0. Cat.2 – 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.50 ml of Si-3 with pipette and mix.70 mg/l SiO2 range: 0. Check the pH.750 mg/l Si 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.21 – 10. Cat.0 ml of the sample into a test tube. Measuring range: 11 – 1070 mg/l SiO2 Check the pH of the sample. 116754. AutoSelector measuring cell compartment. measurement device. 3). If required.50 ml of the water (Water for analysis sample with pipette and mix. concentration 1000 mg/l Si.0 mg/l SiO2 Check the pH of the sample.1 – 107. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 2. specified range: pH 2– 10. If required.5 – 50. Continue as mentioned above.5– 50. is recommended) into a test tube.Silicate (Silicic Acid) 100857 Test Measuring 1.No.0 ml of distilled Add 0. EMSURE®.see section "Standard solutions"). can be used after diluting accordingly (Attention! Do not store standard solutions in glass vessels .0 ml of Si-2 with pipette and mix. 170236. Measuring range: 1.0 mg/l Si. Add 4 drops of Si-1 and mix. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Pipette 4. Select method with AutoSelector measuring range 5 – 500 mg/l Si. starting from the addition of Si-1 (Fig.0 mg/l SiO2 0. specified range: pH 2– 10.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 mg/l Si 10-mm cell range: 11 – 1070 5 – 500 10-mm cell mg/l SiO2 mg/l Si Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Release 06/2014 . Cat. Reaction time: 2 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with Place the cell into the a cell.1 – 107.No. Pipette 5. Reaction time: 2 minutes Add 4 drops of Si-3 and mix. and handling) ready-for-use silicon standard solution Certipur®. range 0. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a plastic vessel (Flat-bottomed tubes.6. can be used after diluting accordingly (Attention! Do not store standard solutions in glass vessels . Add to each vessel 0. rectangular cell and measure immediately. 170236. Insert the blank cell into the cell compartment.)! To check the measurement system (test reagents. (Blank) Add to each vessel 3 drops of Si-1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close with the screw cap. g.Silicate (Silicic Acid) 101813 Test Measuring 0. Cat. Cat.No. is recommended) into a second plastic vessel (Flat-bottomed tubes. Check the pH. Release 06/2014 . Reaction time: 5 minutes Select method with AutoSelector. 50-mm cell Check the pH of the sample.No. Insert the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. Cat. specified range: pH 2– 10.50 ml of Si-3 with pipette. 117988).No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . specified range: pH 1. and mix. Transfer the measurement sample into a rectangular cell and measure immediately.0005 – 0. and mix.2337 mg/l Si range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. and mix. pipettes etc. close with the screw cap. 101262. measurement device.see section "Standard solutions").No. concentration 1000 mg/l Si. Pipette 10 ml of distilled water (Water Ultrapur. and handling) ready-for-use silicon standard solution Certipur®.5000 mg/l SiO2 0.2 – 1. 117988). Important: Quality assurance: No glass equipment may be used in the course of the determination (e. Reaction time: 5 minutes Add to each vessel 3 drops of Si-2. Configure the photometer Transfer the blank into a for blank-measurement. If required.0002 – 0. close with the screw cap. Add 1 level green microspoon of Ag-2. Check the pH. specified range: pH 4 – 10.AutoSelector. concentration 1000 mg/l Ag.50 – 3. To check the measurement system (test reagents. If required. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. In such cases the sample must be diluted (plausibility check). gular cell. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 120 °C (100 °C) for 1 hours.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Add 1. Add 3 drops of Ag-3.50 mg/l Ag 20-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.114831 Silver Test Measuring 0.0 ml of Ag-6. close with the screw cap. and mix. Check the pH of the sample. and handling) readyfor-use silver standard solution Certipur®. Reaction time: 5 minutes Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding rectan. Add 1 drop of Ag-4. If required. and mix. place in a test-tube rack to cool to room temperature. Remove the cell from Swirl the cell before the thermoreactor and opening. 119797. close the cell with the screw cap. 114724). and mix.measurement device. Quality assurance: Place the cell into the cell compartment. Add 5 drops of Ag-5. close with the screw cap.No.25 – 1. Add 2 drops of Ag-1.00 mg/l Ag 10-mm cell range: 0. close with the screw cap. and mix. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into an empty round cell (Empty cells. close with the screw cap. Cat.No. Important: Very high silver concentrations in the sample produce turbid solutions (measurement solution should be clear). Release 06/2014 . Cat. can be used after diluting accordingly. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 4– 10. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) ready-for-use chloride standard solution Certipur®. Release 06/2014 .(corresponds to 649 mg/l Na). Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment.Sodium 100885 in nutrient solutions Cell Test Measuring 10 – 300 mg/l Na range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat.50 ml of Na-1K Add 0. can be used after diluting accordingly (see section “Standard solutions”). concentration 1000 mg/l Cl.50 ml of the into a reaction cell and sample with pipette. mix. Pipette 0.No. close the cell with the screw cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. measurement device. and mix. 119897. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Pipette 10 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42-. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close with the screw cap. If required. 119813. Cat.Shake the cell vigorousspoon of SO4-1K.0 – 50. Check the pH of the sample. Release 06/2014 . Reaction time: 2 minutes. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. close ly to dissolve the solid the cell with the screw substance. Place the cell into the cell compartment. cap. and mix. Filter turbid samples.102532 Sulfate Cell Test Measuring 1. specified range: pH 2– 10. Add 1 level green micro. measurement device.0 mg/l SO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®. can be used after diluting accordingly. measure immediately. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close with the screw cap. can also be used after diluting accordingly.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. measurement device. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Cat.g.114548 Sulfate Cell Test Measuring 5 – 250 mg/l SO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. If required. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. cap. Check the pH of the sample. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42–. Reaction time: 2 minutes. Pipette 5. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 125050 and 125051. measure immediately. Cat. Place the cell into the cell compartment. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. close ly to dissolve the solid the cell with the screw substance. 114676. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10.No. Filter turbid samples. Release 06/2014 . specified range: pH 2– 10. and mix.No. CRM.No.Shake the cell vigorousspoon of SO4-1K. Add 1 level green micro. 119813. Ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®. Cat. close with the screw cap. measure immediately.Shake the cell vigorousspoon of SO4-1K. Place the cell into the cell compartment. cap. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Pipette 2. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. Check the pH of the sample. If required. Release 06/2014 . and mix. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.g. Filter turbid samples.100617 Sulfate Cell Test Measuring 50 – 500 mg/l SO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. CRM. Cat. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Add 1 level green micro. close ly to dissolve the solid the cell with the screw substance. 125051 and 125052. Cat. Reaction time: 2 minutes. specified range: pH 2– 10. 119813.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. measurement device.No. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. Cat. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42–.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 114676. Ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®.No.No. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. cap.g. measure immediately. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.114564 Sulfate Cell Test Measuring 100 –1000 mg/l SO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. in CombiCheck 20) is highly recommended. close with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 . and mix. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Cat. 119813. Cat. Cat.No. If required.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.No. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42–. close ly to dissolve the solid the cell with the screw substance. Reaction time: 2 minutes. 125052 and 125053. Pipette 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. CRM.Shake the cell vigorousspoon of SO4-1K. specified range: pH 2– 10. Place the cell into the cell compartment. 114675. Add 1 level green micro. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®. Filter turbid samples. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. measurement device. 125051.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 20. Check the pH of the sample.No. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. 114791 Sulfate Test Measuring 25 – 300 mg/l SO4 range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42–. or the Standard solution for photometric applications. Transfer the solution into a cell. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e.No. 114676.g. Cat.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 125050 and 125051. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®.5 ml of the sample into a test tube with screw cap. and mix. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.No. measurement device.5 ml of SO4-3 with Filter the content of the pipette and mix. Add 4 drops of SO4-4 to the filtrate. Cat. 10-mm cell Pipette 2. Add 2. test tube with a round filter into another test tube with screw cap. Place the cell into the cell compartment. close the test tube with the screw cap. Temper the test tube again in the water bath for 7 minutes. Release 06/2014 . If required. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Temper the test tube in a water bath at 40 °C for 5 minutes. Check the pH of the sample. Add 2 drops of SO4-1 and mix. Select method with AutoSelector.No. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. close the test tube with the screw cap. CRM. Add 1 level green microspoon of SO4-2. specified range: pH 2– 10. Cat. 119813. and mix. and handling) ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42-.No.3 – 25. Filter turbid samples. measurement device. Cat.5 – 50.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .50 – 10. AutoSelector. If required. 119813. spoon of SO4-2. Add 10 ml of the sample Add 1 level green microwith pipette and mix.50 ml of SO4-1 into a test tube. measure immediately. Shake the test tube vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Place the cell into the cell compartment. specified range: pH 2– 10. Reaction time: 2 minutes. Release 06/2014 .101812 Sulfate Test Measuring 2. Check the pH of the sample. can be used after diluting accordingly.00 mg/l SO4 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 mg/l SO4 20-mm cell 0. Pipette 0.0 mg/l SO4 10-mm cell range: 1. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Ready-for-use sulfate standard solution Certipur®. 119813.g. measurement device.0 ml of the sample with pipette and mix. Reaction time: 2 minutes. Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell. specified range: pH 2– 10. concentration 1000 mg/l SO42–.No. or the Standard solution for photometric applications.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Filter turbid samples. Pipette 0. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Cat. Check the pH of the sample. CRM. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Release 06/2014 . Cat. Cat. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 10. in CombiCheck 10) is highly recommended. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.No.50 ml of SO4-1 into a test tube.102537 Sulfate Test Measuring 5 – 300 mg/l SO4 10-mm cell range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Add 1 level blue microspoon of SO4-2. If required. measure immediately. Add 5. AutoSelector. To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. 125050 and 125051. 114676. Shake the test tube vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.No. 173502.052– 0.050 – 0. the semi-microcell.114779 Sulfide Test Measuring 0.55 mg/l HS 10-mm cell range: 0.10 – 1. Add 5 drops of S-2 and mix.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . AutoSelector. Pipette 5. Add 1 drop of S-1 and mix. If required.10 – 1. Alternatively. Reaction time: 1 minute Transfer the solution into Select method with a corresponding cell.500 mg/l S 0. Check the pH of the sample. Important: Quality assurance: To measure in the 50-mm cell. Release 06/2014 . Place the cell into the cell compartment.516 mg/l HS 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Cat. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.020 – 0.774 mg/l HS 20-mm cell 0. can be used.50 mg/l S 0. specified range: pH 2 – 10. To check the measurement system (test reagents. and handling) a sulfide standard solution must be prepared from sodium sulfide GR (see section “Standard solutions”). the sample volume and the volume of the reagents have to be doubled for each.0 ml of the sample into a test tube.No. Add 5 drops of S-3 and mix.750 mg/l S 0. measurement device.021– 0. 0 – 20. and handling) a sulfite standard solution must be prepared from sodium sulfite GR.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close with the screw cap.0 mg/l SO3 Check the pH of the sample.0 mg/l SO2 Round cell range: 0. Measuring range: 1.04 – 2.0 – 20. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. specified range: pH 4– 9. and mix.114394 Sulfite Cell Test Measuring 1. close the 2 minutes cell with the screw cap.No.0 ml of the sample Reaction time: with pipette. Add 1 level grey microspoon of SO3-1K into a reaction cell. 106657 (see section “Standard solutions”). Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.0 mg/l SO3 0. Place the cell into the cell compartment.8 – 16. measurement device. If required.40 mg/l SO2 50-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Release 06/2014 .00 mg/l SO3 0. Shake the cell vigorously to dissolve the solid substance. Add 3. Cat.05 – 3. specified range: pH 4– 9.0 ml of distilled Reaction time: water with pipette to the 2 minutes second reaction cell. Transfer both solutions Place the blank cell into into two separate 50-mm the cell compartment.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .05 – 3.0 ml of the sample with pipette to one reaction cell. cells. measurement device. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.No. Select method SO3 sens in the menu (method no. (Blank) Add 1 level grey microShake both cells vigorspoon each of SO3-1K ously to dissolve the into two reaction cells. Add 7.00 mg/l SO3 Check the pH of the sample.114394 Sulfite Cell Test Measuring range: 0. If required. close with the screw cap. and mix. Cat. and handling) a sulfite standard solution must be prepared from sodium sulfite GR. Place the cell containing the sample into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 106657 (see section “Standard solutions”). Add 7. Configure the photometer for blank-measurement. close with the screw cap. Release 06/2014 . 127). and mix. solid substance. close with the screw cap. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 2 minutes Add 3. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Add 5.0 ml of the sample Reaction time: with pipette and mix. Shake vigorously to dissolve the solid substance.0 – 60.101746 Sulfite Test Measuring 1.0 mg/l SO2 10-mm cell Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.0 mg/l SO3 10-mm cell range: 0. Cat.0 ml of SO3-2 with pipette. Transfer the solution into a cell.Place the cell into the Selector. cell compartment. Place 1 level grey microspoon of SO3-1 into a dry test tube.No. Select method with Auto. and handling) a sulfite standard solution must be prepared from sodium sulfite GR. specified range: pH 4– 9. measurement device. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. If required. Check the pH of the sample. 106657 (see section “Standard solutions”).0 ml of distilled water with pipette and mix. Release 06/2014 . Add 2.8 – 48. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Release 06/2014 . Place the cell into the cell compartment.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. 112146 (see section “Standard solutions”). Cat. do not mix! Reaction time: 10 minutes Swirl the cell before the measurement. measurement device.05 – 2.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . close the cell with the screw cap. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. and handling) a surfactants standard solution must be prepared from dodecane-1sulfonic acid sodium salt GR. Pipette 5.00 mg/l MBAS* * Methylene-blue-active substances Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.No.Surfactants (anionic) 114697 Cell Test Measuring range: 0. Shake the cell for 30 seconds. Check the pH of the sample. Add 2 drops of T-2K. specified range: pH 5 – 10. do not mix! Add 3 drops of T-1K. If required. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . specified range: pH 5 – 10. If required. Cat.Surfactants (anionic) 102552 Cell Test Measuring range: 0. and handling) a surfactants standard solution must be prepared from dodecane-1sulfonic acid sodium salt GR. measurement device. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Check the pH of the sample.05 – 2. 112146 (see section “Standard solutions”). do not mix! Swirl the cell before the measurement. close the cell with the screw cap. Reaction time: 10 minutes Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Add 2 drops of T-1K. Place the cell into the cell compartment.00 mg/l MBAS* * Methylene-blue-active substances Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Shake the cell for 30 seconds vigorously. Release 06/2014 .0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.No. Pipette 5. 05 – 1. If required. the screw cap. and handling) a surfactants standard solution must be prepared from N-cetyl-N.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. measurement device.Ntrimethylammonium bromide.Surfactants (cationic) 101764 Cell Test Measuring 0.50 mg/l surfactants (cationic) range: (calculated as N-cetyl-N. do not mix! Add 0. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.50 ml of T-1K with Swirl the cell for pipette and close with 30 seconds.N.No. Reaction time: 5 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer.N-trimethylammonium bromide) Check the pH of the sample. Cat. Release 06/2014 . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.N.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . 102342 (see section “Standard solutions”). specified range: pH 3 – 8. Pipette 5. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Place the cell into the cell compartment. If required. measurement device. specified range: pH 3 – 9.No.Surfactants (nonionic) 101787 Cell Test Measuring 0. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.010 – 7. Release 06/2014 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 112298 (see section “Standard solutions”).0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.50 mg/l surfactants (nonionic) range: (calculated as Triton® X-100) Check the pH of the sample. Reaction time: 2 minutes Swirl the cell before measurement. Shake the cell for 1 minute vigorously. and handling) a surfactants standard solution must be prepared from Triton® X-100. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat. Pipette 4. Close with the screw cap. 182.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . mixer running at high speed.Suspended Solids Measuring range: 25 – 750 mg/l of suspended solid Homogenize 500 ml of Transfer the solution into sample for 2 minutes in a a cell. 20-mm cell Place the cell into the cell compartment. select method no. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . If required. Cat.No. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and mix. close the cell with the screw cap. specified range: pH < 3. Add 6 drops of Sn-1K into a reaction cell. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.5. and handling) a tin standard solution must be prepared from ready-for-use tin standard solution Certipur®. concentration 1000 mg/l Sn (see section “Standard solutions”). Add 5. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents.50 mg/l Sn range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. specified range: pH 1. close with the screw cap.0 ml of the sample with pipette.5 – 3. 170242. Check the pH of the sample. measurement device. and mix. If required.10 – 2. Check the pH.114622 Tin Cell Test Measuring 0. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Add 1 level grey microspoon of TOC-2K. 109017. Place 25 ml of the sample into a suitable glass vessel. and handling) a TOC standard solution Certipur®.5.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .No. specified range: pH 2– 12. If required. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and let it. measurement device. specified range pH < 2. Cat.0 mg/l TOC Removal of inorganic bound carbon (TIC): Check the pH of the sample. concentration 1000 mg/l TOC.Measuring range: TOC 114878 Total Organic Carbon Cell Test 5. Check the pH.0 ml of stirred sample into a reaction cell. Stir for 10 minutes. Release 06/2014 . can be used after diluting accordingly. standing on its head. Immediately close the cell tightly with an aluminium cap (Cat. at 120 °C in the thermoreactor for 2 hours. 173500).No. to cool for 1 hour. Preparation of measurement sample: Pipette 3. Place the cell into the cell compartment. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Heat the cell. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. standing on its head.0 – 80. Add 3 drops of TOC-1K and mix. to cool for 1 hour. Check the pH.No. 173500). Add 1 level grey microspoon of TOC-2K. Immediately close the cell tightly with an aluminium cap (Cat. Preparation of measurement sample: Pipette 3. If required.0 ml of the Add 2 drops of TOC-1K sample and 9.5 Stir for 10 minutes. at 120 °C in the thermoreactor for 2 hours.No. measurement device.Measuring range: TOC 114879 Total Organic Carbon Cell Test 50 – 800 mg/l TOC Removal of inorganic bound carbon (TIC): Check the pH of the sample.0 ml of stirred sample into a reaction cell.No. Pipette 1. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. can be used after diluting accordingly. specified range pH < 2. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. standing on its head. specified range: pH 2– 12. Place the cell into the cell compartment.0 ml of and mix. distilled water (Water for chromatography LiChrosolv®. and handling) a TOC standard solution Certipur®. Remove the cell from the thermoreactor and let it. add dilute sulfuric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. concentration 1000 mg/l TOC. standing on its head. is recommended) into a suitable glass vessel. Cat. 109017. Heat the cell.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Cat. Release 06/2014 . 115333. 9 – 37.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell.1 °d range: 0. and mix.2 – 53. specified range: pH 3 – 9. Pipette 1. close with the screw cap. and mix. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. Check the pH of the sample. Add 1.0 ml of H-1K with pipette.7 – 30.Measuring range: 5 Total Hardness 100961 Determination of total hardness Cell Test – 215 mg/l Ca Measuring 7 – 301 mg/l CaO 0. If required. Release 06/2014 . 12 – 537 mg/l CaCO3 Reaction time: 3 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. and handling) a freshly prepared standard solution can be used (see section “Standard solutions”). Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. close the cell with the screw cap.6 °e Expression of results also possible in mmol/l 1. measurement device.7 °f and also in mg/l Mg . add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. and mix.and Mg-hardness Cell Test 0.12 – 5. close with the screw cap. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and mix. and mix. Check the pH of the sample. Press enter. select the differentiation measurement and choose the corresponding citation form.7 °f Differentiation possible only in mmol/l.Measuring range: Total Hardness 100961 Differentiation between Ca.and Mg-hardness are shown on the display. Add 3 drops of H-2K to the already measured cell.0 ml of H-1K with pipette.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Place the cell into the cell compartment. remove the cell.1 °d 0. If required. Pipette 1. the individual measuring values for Ca.0 ml of the sample into a reaction cell. A differentiation between calcium. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer = Result magnesium Release 06/2014 . close the cell with the screw cap. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer = Result total hardness . Prior to measuring.2 – 53.6 °e 1. specified range: pH 3 – 9.36 mmol/l 0.and magnesium-hardness can be performed on the photometer.9 – 37. Reaction time: 3 minutes After pressing enter.7 – 30. Add 1. close the cell with the screw cap. Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 50-mm cell . Place the cell into the cell compartment.Turbidity analogous to EN ISO 7027 Measuring range: 1 – 100 FAU 550 nm Transfer the sample into a cell. 177. Release 06/2014 . select method No. Add 0. Cat. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and handling) a standard solution must be prepared from sodium acetate anhydrous.No. Add 5. Add 5 drops of OA-3. and mix.Heat the cell in the therle with pipette. 106268 (see section “Standard solutions”). close with moreactor at 100 °C for the screw cap.0 ml of OA-5 with pipette. specified range: pH 2– 12.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 Add 0. Reaction time: 10 minutes Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. 10 minutes. .50 ml of the samp.75 ml of OA-1 into a round cell. and shake vigorously. Add 2 drops of OA-2. measurement device. Then cool to room temperature under running water.Volatile Organic Acids 101763 Cell Test Measuring 50 – 3000 mg/l volatile organic acid range: (calculated as acetic acid) Check the pH of the sample. close the cell with the screw cap. and mix. close the cell 3 minutes with the screw cap. Place the cell into the cell compartment.50 ml of OA-4 with Reaction time: pipette. Release 06/2014 . Pipette 0. 50 ml of OA-1 into a round cell.0 ml of OA-3 with pipette. 106268 (see section “Standard solutions”). Add 1. and shake vigorously. and handling) a standard solution must be prepared from sodium acetate anhydrous.Volatile Organic Acids 101749 Cell Test Measuring 50 – 3000 mg/l volatile organic acid (calculated as acetic acid) range: 71 – 4401 mg/l volatile organic acid (calculated as butyric acid) Check the pH of the sample. close the cell with the screw cap. and mix.0 ml of OA-2 with pipette. Then cool to room temperature under running water. Add 0. measurement device.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . Release 06/2014 . Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. and mix.No. Add 1. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. specified range: pH 2– 12. Add 1. Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 100 °C for 15 minutes. Cat.0 ml of OA-4 with pipette.50 ml of the sample with pipette. close with the screw cap. Reaction time: 1 minute Place the cell into the cell compartment. Pipette 0. close the cell with the screw cap. ple with pipette. Add 1. close with the screw cap. Quality assurance: To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat.50 ml of OA-2 with Add 0.50 ml of the sampipette.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .Volatile Organic Acids 101809 Test Measuring 50 – 3000 mg/l volatile organic acid (calculated as acetic acid) range: 71 – 4401 mg/l volatile organic acid (calculated as butyric acid) Check the pH of the sample. Pipette 0. Then cool to room temperature under running water. measurement device. Add 1. Reaction time: 1 minute Heat the cell in the thermoreactor at 100 °C for 15 minutes. close the cell with the screw cap. close the cell with the screw cap.0 ml of OA-3 with pipette. specified range: pH 2– 12. and mix.0 ml of OA-4 with pipette. and shake vigorously.No. Place the cell into the cell compartment. and mix. 106268 (see section “Standard solutions”).75 ml of OA-1 into a round cell.0 ml of OA-5 with pipette. Add 1. Release 06/2014 . and handling) a standard solution must be prepared from sodium acetate anhydrous. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. Add 0. Add 1 level green microspoon of Zn-1K and shake to dissolve the solid substance: sample-reagent mixture. or Crack Set 10. and mix. Add 5 drops of Zn-3K. Pipette 10 ml of sample into a glass vessel.100861 Zinc Cell Test Measuring 0. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total zinc a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. If required. specified range: pH 1– 7. and handling) ready-for-use zinc standard solution Certipur®. concentration 1000 mg/l Zn. and mix. measurement device. close the cell with the screw cap. Add 2. close the cell with the screw cap. and thermoreactor is necessary. Cat. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 119806.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 .025 – 1.000 mg/l Zn range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. Check the pH of the sample. Pipette 0. and mix. close with the screw cap.50 ml of Zn-2K into a reaction cell. Release 06/2014 . can be used after diluting accordingly. 114687. To check the measurement system (test reagents. Cat.No. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 114688.No.0 ml of the sample-reagent mixture with pipette. Result can be expressed as sum of zinc ( Zn). Cat.No. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment. can also be used after diluting accordingly. Add 5 drops of Zn-1K into a reaction cell.114566 Zinc Cell Test Measuring 0. and handling) we recommended to use Spectroquant ® CombiCheck 40.No.00 mg/l Zn range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 . and mix. If required. Add 5 drops of Zn-2K. close the cell with the screw cap. 119806.50 ml of the sample with pipette.No. and mix. Reaction time: 15 minutes Place the cell into the cell compartment.No. close with the screw cap. measurement device. Release 06/2014 . Cat. To check the measurement system (test reagents. specified range: pH 3 – 10. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH. 114692. close the cell with the screw cap. Check the pH of the sample.g. Cat. Result can be expressed as sum of zinc ( Zn). To check for sample-dependent effects the use of addition solutions (e. and thermoreactor is necessary. and mix.20 – 5. Important: Quality assurance: For the determination of total zinc a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. Align the mark on the cell with that on the photometer. 114688. Add 0. in CombiCheck 40) is highly recommended. or Crack Set 10. concentration 1000 mg/l Zn. Cat. 114687. Ready-for-use zinc standard solution Certipur®. Cat.No. close the test tube with the screw cap. If required. Place the cell into the cell compartment.114832 Zinc Test Measuring 0. Release 06/2014 . Add 3 drops of Zn-4. Isobutyl-methylketone) with pipette and close the test tube with the screw cap. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid drop by drop to adjust the pH.50 mg/l Zn 10-mm cell range: Expression of results also possible in mmol/l. close the test tube with the screw cap. 114688. Add 5 drops of Zn-3.No. phase from the tube with a cell.0 ml of Zn-6 (Cat.No.05 – 2. close the test tube with the screw cap.0 ml of the sample into a test tube with screw cap. If required.Spectroquant® photometer NOVA 60 To check the measurement system (test reagents. and mix. and thermoreactor is necessary.Leave to stand for ly for 30 seconds. close the test tube with the screw cap. specified range: pH 12 – 13. Check the pH. Check the pH of the sample. and mix. add dilute sodium hydroxide solution drop by drop to adjust the pH. Add 5 drops of Zn-1. . and handling) ready-for-use zinc standard solution Certipur®. Pipette 5. Cat. 114687. can be used after diluting accordingly. Important: For the determination of total zinc a pretreatment with Crack Set 10C. Cat. 119806. Shake the tube vigorous. specified range: pH 4– 10. Result can be expressed as sum of zinc ( Zn). pipette. and mix. Cat. Add 2 drops of Zn-2. or Crack Set 10. and dissolve the solid substance. Aspirate the clear upper Transfer the solution into Leave to stand for 3 minutes. 106146. Add 5. and mix. close the test tube with the screw cap. 2 minutes. concentration 1000 mg/l Zn. Reaction time: 3 minutes Add 1 level grey microspoon of Zn-5.No. measurement device. No. Quality assurance: Select method with AutoSelector. 05 10 10 10 10 10 no no 10 10 10 10 10 10 yes 10 10 10 no yes no no no no no no no no no no no yes yes yes yes no no no yes no no yes yes 2) no no yes 1 10 0.4 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 – 20 20 5 15 20 20 20 20 20 10 20 20 20 10 1 1 1 10 – 1 0. distill beforehand analogous APHA 4500-F.B Release 06/2014 Na2 SO4 no yes yes no yes yes yes no 1) yes no no yes yes no no no no no yes no yes yes no no no no no no no .4 0.4 0. salts in % NaCl NaNO3 – 20 10 5 20 20 20 10 20 0.1 10 20 5 5 20 1 10 20 5 2 20 5 10 20 5 This test kit is also suitable for testing seawater after the addition of sodium hydroxide solution (see package insert).4 10 20 10 20 10 1 1 2 20 – – – – – 10 10 10 10 10 – 20 20 5 10 15 20 10 20 20 10 20 20 5 10 10 10 2 20 – 20 10 0.05 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 10 10 10 15 15 10 10 10 – 10 10 20 0.05 0 0 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 10 10 10 15 15 10 10 10 – 10 10 20 0.4 0.4 0.5 0. see Total Hardness Cell Test Hydrazine Test 109711 Hydrogenperoxide Cell Test 114731 Hydrogenperoxide Test 118789 Iodine Test 100606 Iron Cell Test 114549 Iron Cell Test 114896 1) 2) Seawater Limit of tolerance. Acid Capacity Cell Test 101758 Aluminium Cell Test 100594 Aluminium Test 114825 Ammonium Cell Test 114739 Ammonium Cell Test 114558 Ammonium Cell Test 114544 Ammonium Cell Test 114559 Ammonium Test 114752 Ammonium Test 100683 AOX Cell Test 100675 Arsenic Test 101747 BOD Cell Test 100687 Boron Cell Test 100826 Boron Test 114839 Bromine Test 100605 Cadmium Cell Test 114834 Cadmium Test 101745 Calcium Cell Test 100858 Calcium Test 114815 Calcium Test 100049 Chloride Cell Test 114730 Chloride Test 114897 Chloride Cell Test 101804 Chloride Test 101807 Chlorine Cell Test 100595 Chlorine Cell Test 100597 Chlorine Test 100598 Chlorine Test 100602 Chlorine Test 100599 Chlorine reagents (liquid) 100086/100087/ (free and total) 100088 Chlorine dioxide Test 100608 Chromate Cell Test (chromium(VI)) 114552 Chromate Cell Test (chromium total) 114552 Chromate Test 114758 COD Cell Test 114560 COD Cell Test 101796 COD Cell Test 114540 COD Cell Test 114895 COD Cell Test 114690 COD Cell Test 114541 COD Cell Test 114691 COD Cell Test 114555 COD Cell Test 101797 COD Cell Test (Hg free) 109772 COD Cell Test (Hg free) 109773 COD Cell Test (seawater) 117058 COD Cell Test (seawater) 117059 Copper Cell Test 114553 Copper Test 114767 Cyanide Cell Test 102531 Cyanide Cell Test 114561 Cyanide Test 109701 Cyanuric Acid Test 119253 Fluoride Cell Test 114557 Fluoride Cell Test 100809 Fluoride Test 114598 Fluoride Test 100822 Formaldehyde Cell Test 114500 Formaldehyde Test 114678 Gold Test 114821 Hardness.001 10 10 5 no yes no no yes no 20 20 0.4 1.4 0.0 10 0 0 35 35 15 15 10 10 10 – 10 10 20 0.05 0.1 0.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Suitability of Test Kits for Testing Seawater and Tolerance Limits of Neutral Salts Test kit Cat. No. 007 0.01 10 10 1 1 10 0.5 0.2 2 10 – 10 – 20 20 5 Na2 SO4 20 20 20 5 2 20 25 20 25 20 – 10 20 20 – – – – – – – – – 20 20 20 – – – 5 – 10 – 20 20 10 20 20 1 15 1 20 5 20 5 5 – 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0.007 0.015 1 20 20 0.1 0.5 0 – 2 10 10 10 0.01 5 2.2 0.1 20 10 20 20 20 20 20 0.5 2 0.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Suitability of Test Kits for Testing Seawater and Tolerance Limits of Neutral Salts Test kit Iron Test Iron Test Lead Cell Test Lead Cell Test Magnesium Cell Test Manganese Cell Test Manganese Test Manganese Test Manganese Test Molybdenum Cell Test Molybdenum Test Monochloramine Test Nickel Cell Test Nickel Test Nitrate Cell Test Nitrate Cell Test Nitrate Cell Test Nitrate Cell Test Nitrate Test Nitrate Test Nitrate Cell Test (seawater) Nitrate Test (seawater) Nitrate Test Nitrite Cell Test Nitrite Cell Test Nitrite Test Nitrogen (total) Cell Test Nitrogen (total) Cell Test Nitrogen (total) Cell Test Oxygen Cell Test Oxygen Scavengers Test Ozone Test pH Cell Test Phenol Cell Test Phenol Test Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (orthophosphates) Phosphate Cell Test (phosphorus total) Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (orthophosphates) Phosphate Cell Test (phosphorus total) Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Cell Test (orthophosphates) Phosphate Cell Test (phosphorus total) Phosphate Test Phosphate Test Phosphate Cell Test Phosphate Test Potassium Cell Test Potassium Cell Test Residual Hardness Cell Test Silicate (Silicic Acid) Test Silicate (Silicic Acid) Test Silicate (Silicic Acid) Test Silver Test Sodium Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Cell Test Sulfate Test Sulfate Test Sulfate Test Sulfide Test Sulfite Cell Test Sulfite Test Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test Cat. Seawater 114761 100796 114833 109717 100815 100816 101739 114770 101846 100860 119252 101632 114554 114785 114542 114563 114764 100614 114773 109713 114556 114942 101842 114547 100609 114776 114537 100613 114763 114694 119251 100607 101744 114551 100856 100474 yes yes no no yes no no yes no no no no no no no no no no no no yes yes no yes yes yes no no no no no no yes yes yes yes 114543 yes 114543 100475 Limit of tolerance.01 20 10 10 20 20 20 20 0.2 20 20 0.2 0.2 5 1 – – – – – – – 1 20 20 10 10 Release 06/2014 . salts in % NaCl NaNO3 20 20 20 20 2 20 20 20 20 20 – 10 20 20 0.001 20 20 20 0.1 0.01 0.2 2 10 0.1 0.5 0.5 20 20 0.4 0. No.01 5 5 0.001 15 15 15 10 10 20 1 – 10 – 15 20 10 5 10 10 no yes 1 20 10 20 10 20 114729 yes 20 20 20 114729 100616 yes yes 5 20 20 20 20 20 100673 yes 20 20 20 100673 114848 100798 114546 114842 114562 100615 114683 114794 100857 101813 114831 100885 102532 114548 100617 114564 114791 101812 102537 114779 114394 101746 114697 102552 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no yes no no no no no yes yes yes no no yes no no no no no 20 5 15 20 20 20 20 0.4 0.5 0. 1 5 20 10 20 2 20 2 20 10 20 1 101763 no 20 20 10 101749 101809 100861 114566 114832 no no no no no 20 20 20 10 5 20 20 20 10 15 10 10 1 10 15 .Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Suitability of Test Kits for Testing Seawater and Tolerance Limits of Neutral Salts Test kit Surfactants (cationic) Cell Test Surfactants (nonionic) Cell Test Tin Cell Test TOC Cell Test TOC Cell Test Total Hardness Cell Test Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test Volatile Organic Acids Test Zinc Cell Test Zinc Cell Test Zinc Test Release 06/2014 Cat.5 5 2 0. salts in % NaCl NaNO3 Na2 SO4 101764 101787 114622 114878 114879 100961 no no yes no no no 0.1 2 20 0. Seawater Limit of tolerance. No. 00 mg/l* 1.0 mg/l ± 12 mg/l ± 20 mg/l see prep.00 mg/l 2. instr. 114895 COD – 3.8 mg/l ± 0.13 mg/l ± 0. 114560 COD COD Cell Test.00 mmol/l* 50* 250* 0. 100608 ClO2 Chromate Cell Test.2 mg/l ± 0. 114552 Cr Chromate Test.0 mg/l 125025 125026 125027 ± 0.0 mg/l 20. No. 114696 250 mg/l ± 25 mg/l COD Cell Test.00 mg/l* 3.30 mg/l – see prep. No. 114540 COD COD Cell Test.050 mg/l* 210 mg/l 1.00 mg/l* ± 0. instr. recommended concentration Release 06/2014 20. instr. 114558 NH4-N CombiCheck 10. 114758 Cr COD Cell Test.0 mg/l 6. 119780 119780 see prep.00 mg/l* 20.250 mg/l 75 mg/l* 80 mg/l* 2. 100683 NH4-N CombiCheck 70.03 mg/l – ± 0. see prep. instr.00 mg/l* 0. 114544 NH4-N CombiCheck 20.30 mg/l ± 0.7 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 4 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 4 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 4 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 11 mg/l see prep.75 mg/l 1.5 mg/l* 2. instr.10 mg/l 125022 125023 125024 ± 5. 114676 4.0 mg/l 125025 125026 125027 ± 0. see prep.30 mg/l ± 0. value max. 114695 CombiCheck 50. instr.0 mg/l 80 mg/l 250 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l 6.0 mg/l 100 mg/l 100 mg/l 200 mg/l 100 mg/l 200 mg/l 400 mg/l 100 mg/l 200 mg/l 400 mg/l 1000 mg/l ± 0. 114897 CombiCheck 20. 119778 119778 Chloride Cell Test.10 mg/l ± 0. 114677 – – – – 1.00 mg/l 12. 100086/100087/100088 Cl2 Chlorine Test (liquid reagent).00 mg/l Ammonium Test.400 mg/l 1. 114675 12.0 mg/l Ammonium Test. 114695 5. 100595 Cl2 Chlorine Cell Test. instr. – 3. – – – – CombiCheck 50.400 mg/l* 5. instr. for the working standard tolerance Diluted and ready-to-use standard solutions. 100605 Cadmium Cell Test.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Spectroquant ® CombiCheck and Standard Solutions Test kit.04 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l* 3. – 0.012 mg/l ± 0.010 mg/l – ± 7 mg/l – ± 8 mg/l – ± 0. see prep.15 mg/l – ± 0.5 mg/l* 7.00 mg/l 6. 114690 COD CombiCheck 60.0 mg/l 50. instr. 114559 NH4-N CombiCheck 70. instr. 100086/100087/100088 Cl2 Chlorine Dioxide Test. 114834 Cadmium Test.00 mg/l* ± 0.07 mg/l ± 0. instr. 100594 Aluminium Test.0 mg/l 125023 125024 125025 125026 ± 5. instr. .10 mg/l 125022 125023 ± 0.00 mg/l Ammonium Cell Test.0 mg/l 20.30 mg/l ± 0.4 mg/l ± 1.00 mg/l* 0. 114692 CombiCheck 50. 114696 0. 119777 119777 see prep.13 mg/l ± 0.10 mg/l – ± 0. 114695 CombiCheck 10. No. instr. 114675 CombiCheck 10.00 mg/l* – Chloride Test.400 mg/l 1. No.07 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l ± 0.400 mg/l 1.012 mg/l ± 0. CRM Cat. 114676 CombiCheck 60.04 mg/l ± 0. concen. 101804 Cl Chloride Test. 101745 Calcium Cell Test. 101796 COD COD Cell Test.30 mg/l – see prep. 100826 Boron Test.13 mg/l ± 0.13 mg/l ± 0.10 mg/l ± 4.4 mg/l ± 0. COD Cell Test.00 mg/l 12. 114696 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 119897 119897 119897 see prep.00 mg/l Ammonium Cell Test. 100599 Cl2 Chlorine Cell Test (liquid reagent).00 mg/l* 3.00 mg/l 0.00 mg/l* 3. see prep.050 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l ± 0.30 mg/l ± 0. see prep. see prep. 114541 COD CombiCheck 20.060 mg/l – ± 0.050 mg/l – see prep.0 mg/l 0. 114676 CombiCheck 60.00 mg/l* 3. 100598 Cl2 Chlorine Test.20 mg/l – Cl ± 10 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 13 mg/l ± 0. Acid Capacity Cell Test.4 mg/l ± 1.012 mg/l ± 0.07 mg/l ± 0.500 mg/l 0.08 mg/l – ± 0.00 mg/l 6.005 mg/l – ± 20 mg/l – ± 0.00 mg/l* 0. 114689 50.30 mg/l 119897 Cl 60 mg/l 25 mg/l 125 mg/l 12. 114739 OH Al Al NH4-N – – – – CombiCheck 40.2 mg/l 119812 119812 119812 119812 119812 119812 100680 119773 100718 119500 119500 see prep. instr. instr. Confidence interval Spec. or method Evaluation as CombiCheck.13 mg/l ± 0. 100675 Arsenic Test. 114815 Calcium Test.00 mg/l 1.04 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l 50. 100049 (only Pharo) Chloride Cell Test.50 mg/l – ± 0. see prep.00 mg/l 2.00 mg/l* ± 0.00 mg/l 12. 100246 100246 119770 119770 0.040 mg/l – ± 0.04 mg/l ± 0. 114730 AOX As O2 B B Br2 Cd Cd Ca Ca Ca – – – – – – CombiCheck 30.50 mmol/l – – – ± 0. 100602 Cl2 Chlorine Test. 114752 NH4-N CombiCheck 50.expanded tration measurement uncertainty Ready-to-use standard solution. 00086/00087 Cl2 Chlorine Test (liquid reagent).25 mg/l ± 0. instr.00 mg/l 2. see prep.0 mg/l Ammonium Cell Test. Cat. 114825 Ammonium Cell Test.25 mg/l* 0.0 mg/l ± 2. see prep.0 mg/l AOX Cell Test. Cat. see prep. 114695 1. 100086/100087 Cl2 Chlorine Cell Test (liquid reagent). 100597 Cl2 Chlorine Test.00 mg/l* 1. 114675 750 mg/l ± 75 mg/l – – – – 125028 125028 125029 125029 125030 125029 125030 125031 125029 125030 125031 125032 * Self prepared. 101807 Cl Chlorine Cell Test. instr.500 mg/l* 5.30 mg/l 125022 125023 125024 125025 ± 1. 100858 Calcium Test.7 mg/l ± 0. 114689 50. instr. 101747 BOD Cell Test.500 mg/l* ± 0. Cat. 100687 Boron Cell Test. instr. 114839 Bromine Test. 101758 ADMI (only Pharo) ADMI (only Pharo) Aluminium Cell Test. Cat. instr.05 mg/l ± 2. 114675 Color Hazen Copper Cell Test.00 mg/l 2.5 mg/l ± 0. 100796 Fe Lead Cell Test. instr.expanded tration measurement uncertainty 125031 125032 125033 125032 125033 125034 125034 125035 125028 125029 125029 125030 125031 125032 – – – 400 mg/l 1000 mg/l 2000 mg/l 1000 mg/l 2000 mg/l 8000 mg/l 8000 mg/l 50 000 mg/l 20. see prep.15 mg/l ± 0. instr. 2. COD Cell Test.0 mg/l 40.0 mg/l* 1. 100809 Fluoride Test. 101797 COD – 50000 mg/l* ± 5000 mg/l COD Cell Test.030 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l* 4. 114500 HCHO Formaldehyde Test.0 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l* 1. 114549 Fe Iron Cell Test.250 mg/l* 0. No.50 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l ± 0. instr.15 mg/l ± 1. 119781 119781 119781 119781 119776 119776 see prep. see prep.030 mg/l ± 10 mg/l ± 0. instr.0 mg/l 2. 119252 Mo Monochloramine Test.00 mg/l* 2. see prep.00 mg/l 40.15 mg/l ± 0. 114767 Cyanide Cell Test. instr.06 mg/l ± 0. 119789 119789 119789 119789 170227 170227 see prep. 109717 Pb Magnesium Cell Test.9 mg/l – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 125037 125038 125037 125038 125037 125038 125039 125039 125040 125036 125037 125038 see prep. 109772 COD – 80 mg/l* ± 12 mg/l COD Cell Test.030 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l* 1.5 mg/l Nitrat Cell Test.4 mg/l ± 0. 100246 – 100246 ± 0.00 mg/l* 0. 114773 NO3-N CombiCheck 20. 114821 Au Hardness. 114677 – – – – CombiCheck 40.10 mg/l ± 0.250 mg/l* 0.0 mg/l 100 mg/l* ± 0. concen. 114598 Fluoride Test.0 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 0. see prep.08 mg/l ± 0. 114542 NO3-N Confidence interval Spec. see prep. 100606 I2 Iron Cell Test.50 mg/l 15. value max. instr. 114553 Copper Test.00 mg/l 25.0 mg/l ± 1. 100816 Mn Manganese Test.5 mg/l ± 0. CRM Cat. 114678 HCHO Gold Test. 114677 CombiCheck 30. 114738 25. 100860 Mo Molybdenum Test.0 mg/l* 1. 114675 9.4 mg/l 119811 119811 119811 119811 119811 * Self prepared. 118789 H2O2 Iodine Test. 170216 1.0 mg/l ± 0. 119814 119814 – – – – – 119814 119814 see prep. 114833 Pb Lead Test.00 mg/l* 5.20 mg/l ± 0. 101846 Mn Molybdenum Cell Test.50 mg/l 15. 114563 NO3-N CombiCheck 20.00 mg/l 9.00 mg/l 2.20 mg/l ± 0.4 mg/l ± 1. 114692 – CombiCheck 30.0 mg/l* 5. for the working standard tolerance Diluted and ready-to-use standard solutions.50 mg/l 15. 109701 Cyanuric Acid Test.05 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l* 10.20 mg/l ± 0.10 mg/l ± 1.0 mg/l – – see prep. 114896 Fe Iron Test.50 mg/l* 25.0 mg/l* ± 0.20 mg/l ± 4.15 mg/l ± 0.08 mg/l ± 0. 114677 CombiCheck 30.0 mg/l* – – – – CombiCheck 30. 114677 CombiCheck 40.50 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l 1. instr.0 mg/l* 1500 mg/l* 250 mg/l* ± 3.0 mg/l ± 2. 114557 Fluoride Cell Test. No. 114677 – CombiCheck 30.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Spectroquant ® CombiCheck and Standard Solutions Test kit. see Total Hardness Cell Test Hydrazine Test. 101739 Mn Manganese Test.20 mg/l ± 0. see prep. instr. 114692 CombiCheck 40. recommended concentration Release 06/2014 . 114785 Ni Nitrate Cell Test. Cat. 114692 CombiCheck 40. 100614 NO3-N – ± 10 mg/l Nitrate Test. instr. 114554 Ni Nickel Test. 109989 109989 Nitrate Cell Test. 101632 Cl2 Nickel Cell Test.10 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l* 1.06 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l 2. 117058 COD Cell Test. instr. 114689 5000 mg/l ± 400 mg/l COD Cell Test.75 mg/l* 1.9 mg/l 2.0 mg/l 40. 114555 COD CombiCheck 70. 114692 CombiCheck 20. 114738 1500 mg/l ± 150 mg/l COD Cell Test.15 mg/l ± 2. 100815 Mg Manganese Cell Test. see prep.00 mg/l* 10. see prep. 119253 Fluoride Cell Test.500 mg/l 2. 114677 – CombiCheck 30. instr.50 mg/l* 6.20 mg/l ± 0. 114677 – – – – – – – – – – – 2.50 mg/l ± 0. H2O2 114731 Hydrogenperoxide Test.6 mg/l – – – – – – – – 119786 119786 119533 119533 119533 see prep. instr.4 mg/l ± 0. No. instr. 114561 Cyanide Test.00 mg/l 2. 102531 Cyanide Cell Test. 100822 F Formaldehyde Cell Test.75 mg/l* 0.15 mg/l ± 0.06 mg/l ± 0. 109773 COD – 750 mg/l* ± 75 mg/l COD Cell Test.0 mg/l 100 mg/l 100 mg/l 200 mg/l 400 mg/l 1000 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 11 mg/l ± 32 mg/l ± 11 mg/l ± 32 mg/l ± 68 mg/l ± 68 mg/l ± 894 mg/l ± 0.250 mg/l* 80 mg/l* 0. see prep.50 mg/l 15. 109711 N2H4 Hydrogenperoxide Cell Test. Cat.2 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l ± 150 mg/l – 500 mg/l CombiCheck 30.00 mg/l 0. 114675 9. No. 114770 Mn Manganese Test. or method Evaluation as CombiCheck. instr.20 mg/l ± 0. 117059 Color Hazen COD COD Pt/Co (Hazen) Pt/Co (Hazen) Cu Cu CN CN CN Cyan Acid F F F – – – 30. instr.00 mg/l 1. 114761 Fe Iron Test.9 mg/l Nitrate Cell Test.06 mg/l ± 0.00 mg/l 1. see prep.0 mg/l 200 mg/l 0.00 mg/l* 5.0 mg/l ± 0. 114764 NO3-N CombiCheck 80.7 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 3 mg/l ± 4 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 11 mg/l Ready-to-use standard solution.15 mg/l ± 0. 114691 COD CombiCheck 80.00 mg/l 2. 114729 PO4-P Phosphat Cell Test. 100616 Phosphat Cell Test.75 mg/l* 12. 114695 ± 1.08 mg/l 15.80 mg/l 0.075 mg/l ± 5.0 mg/l 15. 109713 NO3-N CombiCheck 20.500 mg/l 2.6 mg/l ± 0. concen. 100885 Sulfate Cell Test.50 mg/l 15.0 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l* CombiCheck 10. 114794 PO4-P PO4-P PO4-P PO4-P K K Ca CombiCheck 10. instr.0 mg/l ± 0. instr. 114942 NO3-N CombiCheck 20. 119811 119811 119811 119811 119899 119899 119899 see prep. 114763 N CombiCheck 70. 114676 CombiCheck 10. 114551 Phenol Test.5 mg/l* 30. 114676 100 mg/l ± 0.0100 mg/l ± 0. instr.300 mg/l* 45. 114537 N – – – – CombiCheck 50. 101746 Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test. 101744 Phenol Cell Test.50 mg/l ± 0. 101812 Sulfate Test.0 mg/l ± 0. instr.4 mg/l 0. value max.00 mg/l* 7.0 mg/l* 1.7 mg/l ± 5.3 mg/l 12. or method Evaluation as CombiCheck. 114791 SO4 CombiCheck 10.25 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l ± 0. 114394 Sulfite Test.9 mg/l Nitrate Cell Test. instr. 114842 Potassium Cell Test. 114676 – – – – – – 0.0 mg/l ± 0.80 mg/l ± 0.20 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l* 15.500 mg/l 2.0 mg/l* 25.009 mg/l 2.0 mg/l* 50. 114548 10. 100613 N CombiCheck 50.0 mg/l ± 0.06 mg/l ± 0. 101842 NO3-N Nitrite Cell Test. 114738 CombiCheck 20.030 mg/l ± 5 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l ± 0.expanded tration measurement uncertainty 125036 125037 125038 125036 125037 125036 125037 125038 – 125041 125042 125041 125043 125044 125043 125044 125044 125045 – – – – – – – 125046 125047 – 125047 125048 – 125047 125048 125049 – – – – – – – SiO2 SiO2 Ag Na SO4 SO4 5. Confidence interval Spec.00 mg/l* CombiCheck 10. see prep.0 mg/l ± 5. 114675 9. 114676 100 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l 0.08 mg/l ± 5.50 mg/l ± 0. CRM Cat. 100673 PO4-P PO4-P CombiCheck 80. 114676 100 mg/l ± 15 mg/l Sulfate Cell Test.7 mg/l Nitrogen (total) Cell Test.00 mg/l P ± 0.0 mg/l ± 1.0 mg/l* 15.20 mg/l – – – – – – 125050 125051 125051 125052 125051 125052 125053 125050 125051 – 125050 125051 – – – – MBAS – 1. 100475 PO4-P Phosphate Cell Test.0 mg/l ± 1.00 mg/l P ± 0. 114779 Sulfite Cell Test.9 mg/l Nitrate Test.08 mg/l ± 1.7 mg/l Nitrogen (total) Cell Test.200 mg/l ± 0.80 mg/l 50. instr.0 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l Diluted and ready-to-use standard solutions.20 mg/l – * Self prepared.3 mg/l 2.0 mg/l 8. see prep.50 mg/l* 0.50 mg/l* 5. 114694 Oxygen Scavengers Test. 114683 Silicate Test. 114675 500 mg/l ± 75 mg/l Sulfate Test. 100609 NO2-N Nitrite Test. instr.25 mg/l Nitrate Test. Cat. 114738 CombiCheck 20.0 mg/l 8. 100607 pH Cell Test.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Spectroquant ® CombiCheck and Standard Solutions Test kit.0 mg/l* 150 mg/l* 2. 100857 Silicate Test.50 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l 15.0 mg/l* ± 1. 100798 Phosphate Cell Test.1000 mg/l* – 1.50 mg/l* ± 0.250 mg/l* ± 0. No.400 mg/l P ± 0. 114695 5. 100856 Phosphate Cell Test.4 mg/l ± 0. No.3 mg/l 0. see prep.25 mg/l* 2.08 mg/l 119898 119898 4.0 mg/l* 0. see the website see prep. 114675 CombiCheck 80. 102552 S SO3 SO3 MBAS – – – – 0. 100615 Residual Hardness Cell Test.13 mg/l ± 0. instr. see prep. 114831 Sodium Cell Test.009 mg/l 40. for the working standard tolerance Nitrate Test. 114547 NO2-N Nitrite Cell Test. 101813 Silver Test. 114676 2.08 mg/l ± 0.50 mg/l ± 15 mg/l Sulfide Test.0 mg/l* – 0.08 mg/l 15.0 mg/l ± 15 mg/l Sulfat Cell Test.0 mg/l ± 1. instr.05 mg/l ± 0. 114562 Potassium Cell Test.750 mg/l* – 50.200 mg/l ± 0. instr. instr.06 mg/l ± 0. 119898 0. 114675 – – 15.06 mg/l ± 0. 114675 9. see prep.5 mg/l ± 1.00 mg/l P ± 0.00 mg/l* ± 0. instr.7 mg/l ± 1. 114556 NO3-N CombiCheck 10.00 mg/l* ± 0.05 mg/l ± 0. 114676 100 mg/l ± 15 mg/l Sulfate Test. 102532 Sulfate Cell Test.0 mg/l P ± 0. 114689 50 mg/l ± 7 mg/l Oxygen Cell Test.05 mg/l ± 0. see prep. instr. 119813 40 mg/l 125 mg/l 125 mg/l 400 mg/l 125 mg/l 400 mg/l 800 mg/l 40 mg/l 125 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 20 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 20 mg/l ± 27 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 6 mg/l 40 mg/l 125 mg/l ± 6 mg/l ± 6 mg/l 119813 119813 119813 119813 119813 119813 see prep.05 mg/l ± 0. 114697 Surfactants (anionic) Cell Test.0 mg/l ± 15 mg/l ± 0.3 mg/l 100 mg/l ± 3 mg/l Ready-to-use standard solution.06 mg/l 12.030 mg/l O3 pH C6H5OH C6H5OH PO4-P PO4-P – – – – CombiCheck 10.6 mg/l 119898 119898 119898 119898 119898 119898 119898 170230 170230 119778 170236 170236 170236 119797 see prep. 114848 Phosphate Test. Cat.0 1.5 mg/l ± 0. see prep.4 mg/l 4.016 mg/l 4.50 mg/l* – 100 mg/l* – 25. 119251 Ozone Test. 114546 Phosphate Test.4 mg/l 75.0 mg/l ± 4.20 mg/l ± 10 mg/l ± 3. No.08 mg/l Phosphate Cell Test.2 ± 0. 100617 SO4 CombiCheck 10.06 mg/l 12.0 mg/l ± 0. 114564 SO4 CombiCheck 20.0 mg/l P ± 1. No.0 mg/l 0.00 mg/l* 0. 100474 Phosphate Cell Test. 109407 see prep. see prep.0 mg/l ± 0.0 mg/l Phosphate Test.30 mg/l SiO2 – Silicate Test.0 mg/l 50. 114776 NO2-N Nitrogen (total) Cell Test.0 mg/l* 0.0 mg/l ± 0. Cat. recommended concentration Release 06/2014 0. 102537 SO4 SO4 – 5. 114543 O2 DEHA – – – 0.0 mg/l P ± 0.0 mg/l ± 0. . 114676 2.500 mg/l 2. 114879 TOC Total Hardness Cell Test. No. – 4. 114878 TOC TOC Cell Test.00 mg/l – 1. Cat. 101809 Zinc Cell Test. – 1.40 mg/l – see prep. for the working standard tolerance Diluted and ready-to-use standard solutions. 114622 Sn TOC Cell Test.0 mg/l ± 30 mg/l ± 7 mg/l ± 80 mg/l – – – – – see prep. value max.500 mg/l* CombiCheck 40. concen. No.00 mg/l* ± 0.10 mg/l – see prep.25 mg/l* * Self prepared. Cat. – 1500 mg/l* ± 80 mg/l – see prep. Cat. HOAc 101763 Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test. Confidence interval Spec. instr. – 1500 mg/l* ± 80 mg/l – see prep. ± 0. 100861 Zn Zinc Cell Test. recommended concentration Release 06/2014 . n-Ten 101787 Tin Cell Test.050 mg/l ± 0. see prep. 109017 109017 see prep. k-Ten 101764 Surfactants (nonionic) Cell Test. No. 114566 Zn Zinc Test. 114832 Zn CombiCheck.expanded tration measurement uncertainty Ready-to-use standard solution.00 mg/l* ± 0.0 mg/l* 400 mg/l* 75 mg/l* 1500 mg/l* ± 0. instr. instr. instr. or method Evaluation as Surfactants (cationic) Cell Test. instr.40 mg/l ± 0. 114692 2.25 mg/l* 40. 100961 Ca Volatile Organic Acids Cell Test. – – – – – 1. instr. No.13 mg/l ± 3.20 mg/l – – – 119806 119806 119806 – 0.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Spectroquant ® CombiCheck and Standard Solutions Test kit. C3H7COOH 101749 C3H7COOH Volatile Organic Acids Test. CRM Cat. instr. 1 ml of this solution is equivalent to 0. add 2.09136.05043.02404. the diluted investigational solutions remain stable for one week.025 mg of bromine. The diluted bromine standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately. leave to stand for 1 min.0 ml of H2SO4 0.0100 Potassium iodate. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1. Preparation of a KlO3/Kl standard solution: Transfer 11. Preparation of the bromine standard solution: Pipette 20.09141.006 g of KlO3 in 250 ml of distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask.00 mg/l bromine.1 mol/l Titripur® 1.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l Titripur® 1. Stability: The KlO3 stock solution remains stable for 4 weeks when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). 1 g of Kl and make up to the mark with distilled water. add approx. Subsequently make up to the mark with distilled water.16754.1000 Sulfuric acid 0. The KlO3/Kl standard solution can be used for 5 hours when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). standard 1.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 0.13 ml of the KlO3 stock solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask.1 mol/l (corresponds to 100 mmol/l) is used.0 ml (full pipette) KlO3/Kl standard solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.5 mol/l. The concentration of the solution is 5.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of acid capacity Preparation of a standard solution: A sodium hydroxide solution of 0.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® . and then add NaOH 2 mol/l dropwise (approx. Subsequently make up the solution to the mark with distilled water. 1 ml) until the solution just loses its color.16754.09072. volum.5 mol/l Titripur® 1. Standard solution of bromine analogous to DIN EN ISO 7393 Preparation of a KlO3 stock solution: Dissolve 1. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.0250 Potassium iodide for analysis EMSURE® 1. Reagents required: 1. Stability: The standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week.0250 Dichloroisocyanuric acid sodium salt dihydrate GR for analysis 1.16754.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of calcium Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 2.85 g of dichloroisocyanuric acid sodium salt dihydrate GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.0500 Calcium nitrate tetrahydrate for analysis EMSURE® 1. Reagents required: 1.16754. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day. Standard solutions of free chlorine All standard solutions described here for free chlorine yield equivalent results and are identically suited for the determination of chlorine.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l free chlorine. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l calcium.02121. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day.10888.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Release 06/2014 . Reagents required: 1. Note: This is a standard solution that can be prepared particularly rapidly and easily. Standard solution of free chlorine Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.946 g of calcium nitrate tetrahydrate with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 500-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. 1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l Titripur® 1. Stability: The KlO3 stock solution remains stable for 4 weeks when stored in a cool place (refrigerator).09136.1000 Sulfuric acid 0. 1 ml of this solution is equivalent to 0.006 g of KlO3 in 250 ml of distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. The diluted chlorine standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately.0 ml (10. Subsequently make up to the mark with distilled water.00 ml (5.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of free chlorine analogous to DIN EN ISO 7393 Preparation of a KlO3 stock solution: Dissolve 1.09072. The KlO3/Kl standard solution can be used for 5 hours when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). add approx.02404. volum.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® . 1 ml) until the solution just loses its color. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1. standard 1. add 2.16754.5 mol/l.00 mg/l (0.005 mg) of free chlorine.500 mg/l) free chlorine. Note: This procedure involves the preparation according to a standardized method.0250 Potassium iodide for analysis EMSURE® 1.0 ml of H2SO4 0.5 mol/l Titripur® 1.015 mg (0. Preparation of the chlorine standard solution: Pipette 20. leave to stand for 1 min. 1 g of Kl and make up to the mark with distilled water. Preparation of a KlO3/Kl standard solution: Transfer 15.0 ml) (full pipette) KlO3/Kl standard solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.00 ml) of the KlO3 stock solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. The concentration of the solution is 3. and then add NaOH 2 mol/l dropwise (approx.05043. Subsequently make up the solution to the mark with distilled water.0100 Potassium iodate. For this pipette 10 ml of sodium hypochlorite solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask and then make up to the mark with distilled water. Reagents required: 1. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day.05614. Standard solution of total chlorine Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 4.16754.02426. Note: This is a standard solution that is absolutely necessary for the preparation of the monochloramine standard.00316.00 g of chloramine T GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) are stable for approx. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l total chlorine. one week.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.1 mol/l Titripur® 1. Precise assay of the stock solution: Pipette 10. Titrate the eliminated iodine with sodium thiosulfate solution 0. in mg/l Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the stock solution prepared according to the procedure described above by diluting accordingly with distilled water.9025 Sodium hypochlorite solution techn. Calculation and preparation of a standard solution: Consumption of sodium thiosulfate solution 0. mix thoroughly.0250 Chloramine T trihydrate GR for analysis 1. 13% of active chlorine.1000 Sodium thiosulfate solution 0.1 mol/l until a weakly yellow color emerges. Add 2 ml of zinc iodide-starch solution and titrate from blue to colorless. Reagents required: 1. Release 06/2014 .16754.1 mol/l (ml) x 355 = = content of free chlorine.05043. and leave to stand for 1min. approx.0500 Zinc iodidestarch solution GR for analysis 1.05445. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). 13% active chlorine 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of free chlorine Preparation of a stock solution: First prepare a 1:10 dilution using a sodium hypochlorite solution containing approx.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). a standard solution remains stable for approx.09147. Close the conical flask with the ground-glass stopper. 2 hours.1000 Hydrochloric acid 25 % for analysis EMSURE® 1. Subsequently add to this solution 5 ml of hydrochloric acid 25% and 3 g of potassium iodide.0 ml of the stock solution into a 250-ml ground-glassstoppered conical flask containing 60 ml of distilled water.0250 Potassium iodide GR for analysis 1. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). 1 ml) until the solution just loses its color. When stored under appropriate cool conditions (refrigerator). Preparation of a KlO3/Kl standard solution: Transfer 13.0 ml of H2SO4 0. add 2.12 ml of the KlO3 stock solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. volum.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l Titripur® 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of chlorine dioxide analogous to DIN EN ISO 7393 Preparation of a KlO3 stock solution: Dissolve 1.025 mg of chlorine dioxide. Preparation of the chlorine dioxide standard solution: Pipette 20. Subsequently make up the solution to the mark with distilled water. leave to stand for 1 min.05043. Reagents required: 1.5 mol/l Titripur® 1. 1 g of Kl and make up to the mark with distilled water. Subsequently make up to the mark with distilled water.02404. the standard solution remains stable for one month. 1 ml of this solution is equivalent to 0.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: The KlO3 stock solution remains stable for 4 weeks when stored in a cool place (refrigerator).5 mol/l. The concentration of the solution is 5. standard 1.0080 Potassium hydrogen phthalate GR for analysis.02400.006 g of KlO3 in 250 ml of distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. add approx. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1.09072.0250 Potassium iodide for analysis EMSURE® 1.1000 Sulfuric acid 0. Standard solution of COD Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 0. volum. one week to one month.0 ml (full pipette) KlO3/Kl standard solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.16754. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this stock solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. standard 1.16754.0100 Potassium iodate. The diluted chlorine dioxide standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately.09136. and then add NaOH 2 mol/l dropwise (approx. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l COD.850 g of potassium hydrogen phthalate GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. The KlO3/Kl standard solution can be used for 5 hours when stored in a cool place (refrigerator).9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® . the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable – depending on the respective concentration – for approx.00 mg/l chlorine dioxide. 0080 Potassium hydrogen phthalate GR for analysis.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of COD/chloride Preparation of a chloride dilution solution: Dissolve 32.02400. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). Preparation of a COD/Cl.for approximately one week to one month. volum.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l cyanuric acid.and the standard solution of 10 000 mg/l COD / 20 g/l Cl.06404.00 g of cyanuric acid with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. The dilution solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 20 g/l Cl-. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day.0005 Cyanuric acid for synthesis 1. Standard solution of cyanuric acid Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1. When stored under appropriate cool conditions (refrigerator).16754. Reagents required: 8.9 g of sodium chloride GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.remain stable for one month. the dilution solution of 20 g/l Cl. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).850 g of potassium hydrogen phthalate GR with dilution solution in a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with dilution solution. The substance is slightly soluble and the dissolution process may take several hours.depending on the respective concentration . The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l and 20 g/l Cl-. Release 06/2014 . Reagents required: 1.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this stock solution by diluting accordingly with dilution solution.standard solution: Dissolve 0.16754.0500 Sodium chloride for analysis EMSURE® 1.20358. the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable . standard 1. 9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® .09147.09137. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.1 mol/l (ml) C2 = quantity of iodine solution 0.1000 Formaldehyde solution min. After this time. Calculation and preparation of a standard solution: C1 = consumption of sodium thiosulfate solution 0. 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1. 37% GR for analysis 1. 1000 mg/l formaldehyde.00716.0500 Zinc iodidestarch solution GR for analysis 1.04003.1000 Sodium thiosulfate solution 0. The stock solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of approx.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 1 mol/l Titripur® 1.16754. the stock solution of approx.05445.05 mol/l and 20 ml of sodium hydroxide solution 1 mol/l. and continue to titrate until a milky.1 mol/l until the yellow iodine color has disappeared.0 ml (full pipette) of the formaldehyde stock solution into a 300-ml ground-glass conical flask and add 50.09099.1000 Iodine solution 0. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).525 Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the stock solution exactly determined according to the procedure described above by diluting accordingly with distilled water.05 mol/l Titripur® 1.1 mol/l Titripur® 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of formaldehyde Preparation of a stock solution: In a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask make up 2. pure white color emerge. Subsequently titrate with sodium thiosulfate solution 0. 37% GR to the mark with distilled water.0 ml) mg/l formaldehyde = (C2 – C1) x 37.50 ml of formaldehyde solution min.0 ml (buret) of iodine solution 0.1000 Sulfuric acid 25% for analysis EMSURE® 1. Leave to stand for 15 minutes and subsequently add 8 ml of sulfuric acid 25%. add 1 ml of zinc iodidestarch solution. Precise assay of the stock solution: Pipette 40. the stock solution must be determined anew.05 mol/l (50. Standard solution of hydrogen peroxide Preparation of a stock solution: Place 10.1000 Potassium permanganate solution 0. Reagents required: 1.0 ml (full pipette) of this solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Calculation and preparation of a standard solution: Consumption of potassium permanganate solution 0.1000 Sulfuric acid 25% for analysis EMSURE® 1.0 ml of Perhydrol® 30% H2O2 in a calibrated or conformitychecked 100-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.02 = content of hydrogen peroxide.0100 Hydrazinium sulfate GR for analysis 1. 1000 mg/l hydrogen peroxide. dilute with 200 ml of distilled water.07 g of hydrazinium sulfate GR with oxygen-low (boil previously) distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with oxygen-low distilled water.02 mol/l (ml) x 34.09122.16754. Precise assay of the stock solution: Pipette 50.0 ml (full pipette) of the hydrogen peroxide stock solution into a 500-ml conical flask. Titrate with a 0. the stock solution of approx. and add 30 ml of sulfuric acid 25%.00716. Reagents required: 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of hydrazine Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 4. Release 06/2014 . The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l hydrazine.07209.0250 Perhydrol® 30% for analysis EMSURE® 1.02 mol/l potassium permanganate solution until the color changes to pink. in mg/l Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the stock solution exactly determined according to the procedure described above by diluting accordingly with distilled water.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with oxygen-low distilled water.04603. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).02 mol/l Titripur® 1. Transfer 30. The stock solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of approx. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day. 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day.16754. 00 ml of the KlO3 stock solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. 1 ml) until the solution just loses its color.00 mg/l iodine. 1 ml of this solution is equivalent to 0.05043. Preparation of a KlO3/Kl standard solution: Transfer 7. Subsequently make up to the mark with distilled water.05853.5 mol/l. Subsequently make up the solution to the mark with distilled water.025 mg of iodine. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.16754.02404. Preparation of the iodine standard solution: Pipette 20.09072.0100 Potassium iodate.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of iodine analogous to DIN EN ISO 7393 Preparation of a KlO3 stock solution: Dissolve 1. Stability: The standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week. Standard solution of magnesium Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1.0500 Magnesium nitrate hexahydrate for analysis EMSURE® 1. and then add NaOH 2 mol/l dropwise (approx. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l magnesium.09136. add approx. leave to stand for 1 min. The diluted iodine standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day. add 2.0 ml of H2SO4 0. 1 g of Kl and make up to the mark with distilled water. standard 1.16754.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: The KlO3 stock solution remains stable for 4 weeks when stored in a cool place (refrigerator).5 mol/l Titripur® 1.1000 Sulfuric acid 0. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1.0 ml (full pipette) KlO3/Kl standard solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask. The concentration of the solution is 5.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® .0250 Potassium iodide for analysis EMSURE® 1.055 g of magnesium nitrate hexahydrate with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. The KlO3/Kl standard solution can be used for 5 hours when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). Reagents required: 1.006 g of KlO3 in 250 ml of distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l Titripur® 1. volum. Release 06/2014 .00 g of N.36 g of glycine GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. Reagents required: 1. Standard solution of oxygen scavengers Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Standard solution of nitrogen (total) Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 5. Reagents required: 8.18473.04201. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. Cat. Stability: The standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 5. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l N.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of monochloramine Preparation of a standard solution: Place 5.0 ml of chlorine standard solution 100 mg/l Cl2 and 10.00 mg/l Cl2 or 3.0050 N.16754. 1.0500.N-diethylhydroxylamine with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.No.0100 Glycine GR for analysis 1. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week. 1000 mg/l NH4 = = 777 mg/l NH4-N 1.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).63 mg/l NH2Cl. Reagents required: Chlorine standard solution 100 mg/l Cl2 Preparation see “Standard solution of free chlorine” with hypochlorite solution (standard solution that is absolutely necessary for the preparation of the monochloramine standard) Ammonium standard solution 10 mg/l NH4-N Preparation with Ammonium standard solution Certipur®. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l total nitrogen.N-Diethylhydroxylamine for synthesis 1.0 ml ammonium standard solution 10 mg/l NH4-N in a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l and the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day.16754.16754.19812.N-diethylhydroxylamine (DEHA). Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of ozone analogous to DIN EN ISO 7393 Preparation of a KlO3 stock solution: Dissolve 1.16754. leave to stand for 1 min. The concentration of the solution is 2.0250 Potassium iodide for analysis EMSURE® 1.16754.09136.5 mol/l Titripur® 1.1000 Sulfuric acid 0. Reagents required: 1.09072. Preparation of a KlO3/Kl standard solution: Transfer 14. 1 ml) until the solution just loses its color. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l phenol. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1. 1 ml of this solution is equivalent to 0.05043.00206. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).00 g of phenol GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.80 ml of the KlO3 stock solution to a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask.010 mg of ozone. add approx. 1 g of Kl and make up to the mark with distilled water. standard 1. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.5 mol/l. and then add NaOH 2 mol/l dropwise (approx.02404.0 ml (full pipette) KlO3/Kl standard solution into a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.0250 Phenol GR for analysis 1.00 mg/l ozone. Subsequently make up to the mark with distilled water.0100 Potassium iodate. Subsequently make up the solution to the mark with distilled water. The diluted ozone standard solution is not stable and must be used immediately.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® .9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: The KlO3 stock solution remains stable for 4 weeks when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). Standard solution of phenol Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1. add 2.006 g of KlO3 in 250 ml of distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask. The KlO3/Kl standard solution can be used for 5 hours when stored in a cool place (refrigerator). volum. Preparation of the ozone standard solution: Pipette 20.0 ml of H2SO4 0.1000 Sodium hydroxide solution 2 mol/l Titripur® 1. 70236. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared by diluting accordingly with distilled water.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).00 mg/l SiO2. Stability: The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable . 1000 mg/l chloride corresponds to 649 mg/l sodium.for one day to approximately six months.0500 Chloride standard solution Certipur® 1. 1000 mg/l Si corresponds to 2139 mg/l SiO2. the diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one month. the solution with the desired working concentration must be immediately transferred to a clean polyethylene vessel for further storage.16754.19897.16754.0100 Silicone standard solution Certipur® 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of silicate Preparation of a standard solution: A silicon standard solution of 1000 mg/l Si is used.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Example: Mix 4. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 10.675 ml of silicon standard solution (1000 mg/l Si) with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.depending on the respective concentration . Standard solution of sodium Preparation of a standard solution: A chloride standard solution of 1000 mg/l is used. Release 06/2014 . Further investigational concentrations may be prepared by diluting accordingly with distilled water. After its preparation. Reagents required: 1. Reagents required: 1. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. the solution must be immediately transferred to a clean polyethylene vessel for further storage. After its preparation. 09099.09147.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of sulfide Preparation of a stock solution: Dissolve 5.05 mol/l (25.0 ml (full pipette) of iodine solution 0.05 mol/l.0 ml) mg/l sulfide = (C2 – C1) x 64. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). 60 % GR for analysis Iodine solution 0.13 Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the stock solution exactly determined according to the procedure described above by diluting accordingly with distilled water.1000 1.0500 1. Shake the contents of the flask thoroughly for about 1 minute.1000 1.0 ml (full pipette) of sulfuric acid 25% in a 500-ml ground-glass-stoppered conical flask.05 mol/l Titripur® Sodium thiosulfate solution 0. pure white color emerges.1 mol/l until the yellow iodine color has disappeared.0 g of glass-clear. 1000 mg/l remains stable for at most one day. Calculation and preparation of the standard solution: C1 = consumption of sodium thiosulfate 0. To this solution add 25.9010 Sodium sulfide hydrate approx.16754. subsequently titrate with sodium thiosulfate solution 0. the stock solution of approx.1 mol/l (ml) C2 = quantity of iodine solution 0.0 ml (full pipette) of the sulfide stock solution and 25. 1000 mg/l sulfide. Precise assay of the stock solution: Place 100 ml of distilled water and 5.1 mol/l Titripur® Sulfuric acid 25% for analysis EMSURE® Zinc iodidestarch solution GR for analysis Water for analysis EMSURE® . and continue to titrate until a milky. The stock solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of approx. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1.1000 1. add 1 ml of zinc iodide-starch solution.05445.00716. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately. if necessary washed crystals of sodium sulfide hydrate GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformitychecked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. 1000 Sodium thiosulfate solution 0. subsequently titrate with sodium thiosulfate solution 0. To this solution add 25.06657.16754.1 mol/l Titripur® 1. Precise assay of the stock solution: Place 50. 1000 mg/l remains stable for at most one day.00316.05 mol/l (25. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.1 mol/l (ml) C2 = quantity of iodine solution 0.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of sulfite Preparation of a stock solution: Dissolve 1. the stock solution of approx.05 mol/l Titripur® 1. Reagents required: 1. Release 06/2014 . make up to the mark with distilled water.09099.05 mol/l and process immediately.0100 Titriplex® III GR for analysis 1.00.0 ml) mg/l sulfite = (C2 – C1) x 80. 1000 mg/l sulfite. and continue to titrate from blue to colorless.1 mol/l until the yellow iodine color has disappeared.1000 Iodine solution 0. Calculation and preparation of the standard solution: C1 = consumption of sodium thiosulfate 0.00.0 ml (full pipette) of iodine solution 0.09147. add 1 ml of zinc iodide-starch solution.0 ml (full pipette) of hydrochloric acid 25 % in a 300-ml conical flask.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). After mixing the contents of the flask.05445.08418. place in a calibrated or conformity-approved 1000-ml volumetric flask. and mix.09461.4 g of Titriplex® III GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. add 20 ml of buffer solution pH 9.06 Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the stock solution exactly determined according to the procedure described above by diluting accordingly with distilled water and buffer solution pH 9.1000 Buffer solution pH 9.00 Certipur® 1.0 ml (full pipette) of the sulfite stock solution and 5.0500 Sodium sulfite anhydrous for analysis EMSURE® 1.57 g of sodium sulfite and 0.1000 Hydrochloric acid 25 % GR for analysis EMSURE® 1. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of approx. This is done in the following manner: Withdraw the desired aliquot from the stock solution.0500 Zinc iodidestarch solution GR for analysis 1. N-trimethyl-ammonium bromide GR with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.00 g of Triton® X-100 with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator).00 g of N-cetyl-N. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one month. Reagents required: 1.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® . Standard solution of surfactants (cationic) Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l anionic surfactants.Ntrimethylammonium bromide GR for analysis 1. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.N. Reagents required: 1. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l non-ionic surfactants. Release 06/2014 Reagents required: 1.16754. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of surfactants (anionic) Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l cat-ionic surfactants.16754.0005 Sodium 1-dodecanesulfonate 1.16754.12298. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one month. Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately. Standard solution of surfactants (nonionic) Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 1.0100 N-cetyl-N. the standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week.0101 Triton® X-100 1.02342.N.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.12146.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water.00 g of sodium 1-dodecanesulfonate with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. 0100 Tin standard solution Certipur® 1.09057. This is done in the following manner: Transfer 1 ml of HCl 1 mol/l to a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.02121. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 100 mg/l tin.9010 Water for analysis EMSURE® Stability: The tin standard solution 100 mg/l remains stable for 30 minutes. make up to the mark with distilled water.16754. Standard solution of total hardness Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 2. add. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) must be used immediately. Standard solution of volatile organic acids Preparation of a standard solution: Dissolve 2.70242.06268. and mix. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1500 mg/l acetic acid.16754. Release 06/2014 . Reagents required: 1.Spectroquant® photometers NOVA 60 and Pharo photometers Instructions for the Preparation of Standard Solutions Standard solution of tin Preparation of a standard solution: A tin standard solution of 1000 mg/l is used. The standard solution prepared according to this procedure has a concentration of 1000 mg/l calcium (corresponds to 175 °e).0500 Calcium nitrate tetrahydrate for analysis EMSURE® 1.16754. Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from the standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water and HCl 1 mol/l. Withdraw the desired aliquot from the tin standard solution 100 mg/l. The diluted standard solutions (investigational concentrations) remain stable for one day. add 10. Reagents required: 1.9010 Water GR for analysis Stability: When stored in a cool place (refrigerator). Reagents required: 1.05 g of sodium acetate anhydrous with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 1000-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water.1000 Hydrochloric acid 1 mol/l Titripur® 1.946 g of calcium nitrate tetrahydrate with distilled water in a calibrated or conformity-checked 500-ml volumetric flask and make up to the mark with distilled water. Transfer 30 ml of HCl 1 mol/l to a calibrated or conformity-checked 100-ml volumetric flask.0250 Sodium acetate anhydrous for analysis EMSURE® 1. and make up to the mark with distilled water. the standard solution remains stable for one week.9010 Water GR for analysis Further investigational concentrations may be prepared from this standard solution by diluting accordingly with distilled water. Stability: The standard solution of 1000 mg/l remains stable for one week.0 ml (full pipette) of the tin standard solution. +1-978-715-4321 . Billerica. +49(0)6151 72-2440 www. USA.com EMD Millipore Corporation.analytical-test-kits. MA 01821. Tel. Tel. Germany. 290 Concord Road. 64271 Darmstadt.Merck KGaA.